Table of Contents

 
 
(STANLEY BLACK & DECKER, INC. LOGO)
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-Q
     
þ   QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the quarterly period ended April 3, 2010.
OR
     
o   TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from  [          ] to [          ]
Commission File Number 001-05224
STANLEY BLACK & DECKER, INC.
 
(EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)
     
CONNECTICUT   06-0548860
     
(STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION OF   (I.R.S. EMPLOYER
INCORPORATION OR ORGANIZATION)   IDENTIFICATION NUMBER)
     
1000 STANLEY DRIVE    
NEW BRITAIN, CONNECTICUT   06053
     
(ADDRESS OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES)   (ZIP CODE)
(860) 225-5111
 
(REGISTRANT’S TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE)
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes þ  No  o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes  o   No  o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
Large accelerated filer  þ Accelerated filer  o  
Non-accelerated filer  o
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
Smaller reporting company  o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).
Yes  o   No  þ
160,394,923 shares of the registrant’s common stock were outstanding as of May 11, 2010
 
 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART I — FINANCIAL INFORMATION
ITEM 1. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
ITEM 2. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
ITEM 3. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
ITEM 4. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
PART II — OTHER INFORMATION
ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS
ITEM 2. UNREGISTERED SALES OF EQUITY SECURITIES AND USE OF PROCEEDS
ITEM 5. EXHIBITS
SIGNATURE
EX-3.I
EX-3.II
EX-3.III
EX-10.II
EX-10.VI.B
EX-10.VI.C
EX-10.VI.D
EX-10.VI.E
EX-10.VI.F
EX-10.XI.A
EX-10.XI.B
EX-10.XII.B
EX-10.XIX
EX-10.XX
EX-10.XXI
EX-10.XXII
EX-31.I.A
EX-31.I.B
EX-32.I
EX-32.II


Table of Contents

PART I — FINANCIAL INFORMATION
ITEM 1. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
STANLEY BLACK & DECKER, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
THREE MONTHS ENDED APRIL 3, 2010 AND APRIL 4, 2009

(Unaudited, Millions of Dollars, Except Per Share Amounts)
                 
    2010     2009  
NET SALES
  $ 1,262.0     $ 913.0  
COSTS AND EXPENSES
               
Cost of sales
    806.1       551.9  
Selling, general and administrative
    378.5       247.6  
Provision for doubtful accounts
    4.0       5.1  
Other, net
    64.9       30.3  
Restructuring charges and asset impairments
    97.4       9.1  
Interest income
    (1.2 )     (0.7 )
Interest expense
    19.3       17.0  
 
           
 
    1,369.0       860.3  
 
           
(Loss) earnings from continuing operations before income taxes
    (107.0 )     52.7  
Income taxes on continuing operations
    1.5       13.7  
 
           
(Loss) earnings from continuing operations
    (108.5 )     39.0  
 
           
Less: Net earnings attributable to non-controlling interests
    0.1       0.7  
 
           
NET (LOSS) EARNINGS FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS ATTRIBUTABLE TO STANLEY BLACK & DECKER, INC.
    (108.6 )     38.3  
 
           
NET LOSS FROM DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS (net of income tax benefit of $0.5)
          (0.6 )
 
           
NET (LOSS) EARNINGS ATTRIBUTABLE TO STANLEY BLACK & DECKER, INC.
  $ (108.6 )   $ 37.7  
 
           
 
               
BASIC (LOSS) EARNINGS PER SHARE OF COMMON STOCK
               
Continuing operations
  $ (1.11 )   $ 0.48  
Discontinued operations
          (0.01 )
 
           
Total basic (loss) earnings per share of common stock
  $ (1.11 )   $ 0.48  
 
           
DILUTED (LOSS) EARNINGS PER SHARE OF COMMON STOCK
               
Continuing operations
  $ (1.11 )   $ 0.48  
Discontinued operations
          (0.01 )
 
           
Total diluted (loss) earnings per share of common stock
  $ (1.11 )   $ 0.47  
 
           
DIVIDENDS PER SHARE OF COMMON STOCK
  $ 0.33     $ 0.32  
 
           
AVERAGE SHARES OUTSTANDING (in thousands):
               
Basic
    97,672       79,209  
 
           
Diluted
    97,672       79,471  
 
           
See notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

2


Table of Contents

STANLEY BLACK & DECKER, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
APRIL 3, 2010 AND JANUARY 2, 2010

(Unaudited, Millions of Dollars, Except Per Share Amounts)
                 
    2010     2009  
ASSETS
               
Current Assets
               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 1,505.4     $ 400.7  
Accounts and notes receivable, net
    1,557.4       532.0  
Inventories, net
    1,397.6       366.2  
Prepaid expenses
    146.6       73.2  
Other current assets
    376.9       39.8  
 
           
Total Current Assets
    4,983.9       1,411.9  
Property, Plant and Equipment, net
    1,030.1       575.9  
Goodwill
    5,282.7       1,818.4  
Customer Relationships, net
    933.7       413.4  
Trade Names, net
    1,826.6       331.1  
Other Intangible Assets, net
    147.1       31.9  
Other Assets
    430.6       186.5  
 
           
Total Assets
  $ 14,634.7     $ 4,769.1  
 
           
LIABILITIES AND SHAREOWNERS’ EQUITY
               
Current Liabilities
               
Short-term borrowings
  $ 701.3     $ 90.4  
Current maturities of long-term debt
    7.5       208.0  
Accounts payable
    928.7       410.1  
Accrued expenses
    1,521.4       483.5  
 
           
Total Current Liabilities
    3,158.9       1,192.0  
Long-Term Debt
    2,743.4       1,084.7  
Post-Retirement Benefits
    923.7       136.7  
Deferred Taxes
    620.7       120.4  
Other Liabilities
    649.6       223.8  
Commitments and Contingencies (Note R)
               
Stanley Black & Decker, Inc. Shareowners’ Equity
               
Common stock, par value $2.50 per share
    427.2       230.9  
Authorized 300,000,000 shares
               
Issued 170,840,671 and 92,343,410 at April 3, 2010 and January 2, 2010, respectively
               
Additional paid in capital
    4,611.2       126.7  
Retained earnings
    2,160.8       2,295.5  
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
    (117.6 )     (76.5 )
ESOP
    (79.2 )     (80.8 )
 
           
 
    7,002.4       2,495.8  
Less: cost of common stock in treasury
    488.8       509.7  
 
           
Stanley Black & Decker, Inc. Shareowners’ Equity
    6,513.6       1,986.1  
Non-controlling interests
    24.8       25.4  
 
           
Total Equity
    6,538.4       2,011.5  
 
           
Total Liabilities and Shareowners’ Equity
  $ 14,634.7     $ 4,769.1  
 
           
See notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

3


Table of Contents

STANLEY BLACK & DECKER, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
THREE MONTHS ENDED APRIL 3, 2010 AND APRIL 4, 2009

(Unaudited, Millions of Dollars)
                 
    2010     2009  
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
               
Net (loss) earnings
  $ (108.5 )   $ 38.4  
Less: Net earnings attributable to non-controlling interest
    0.1       0.7  
 
           
Net (loss) earnings attributable to Stanley Black & Decker, Inc.
    (108.6 )     37.7  
Depreciation and amortization
    59.7       48.0  
Changes in working capital
    (90.4 )     (45.3 )
Changes in other assets and liabilities
    106.6       (36.8 )
 
           
Cash (used in) provided by operating activities
    (32.7 )     3.6  
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
               
Capital expenditures and capitalized software
    (22.1 )     (21.7 )
Proceeds from sale of businesses
          0.8  
Business acquisitions and asset disposals
    (7.2 )     (6.0 )
Cash acquired from Black & Decker
    949.4        
Interest rate swap terminations
    30.0        
Net investment hedge maturity
    (16.1 )      
 
           
Cash provided by (used in) investing activities
    934.0       (26.9 )
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
               
Payments on long-term debt
    (200.8 )     (1.1 )
Proceeds from long-term borrowings
          0.2  
Stock purchase contract fees
    (3.8 )     (3.8 )
Net short-term borrowings (payments)
    435.9       (7.4 )
Cash dividends on common stock
    (34.3 )     (25.3 )
Proceeds from the issuance of common stock
    14.0        
Purchase of common stock for treasury
    (0.1 )     (0.6 )
Premium paid for share repurchase option
          (16.4 )
 
           
Cash provided by (used in) financing activities
    210.9       (54.4 )
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash
    (7.5 )     (5.9 )
 
           
Change in cash and cash equivalents
    1,104.7       (83.6 )
 
           
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period
    400.7       211.6  
 
           
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF PERIOD
  $ 1,505.4     $ 128.0  
 
           
See notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

4


Table of Contents

STANLEY BLACK & DECKER, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareowners’ Equity
Periods ended April 3, 2010 and April 4, 2009

(Millions of Dollars, Except Per Share Amounts)
                                                                 
                            Accumulated                            
            Additional             Other                            
    Common     Paid In     Retained     Comprehensive             Treasury     Non-controlling     Shareowners’  
    Stock     Capital     Earnings     Income (Loss)     ESOP     Stock     Interests     Equity  
Balance January 3, 2009
  $ 230.9     $ 91.5     $ 2,199.9     $ (152.0 )   $ (87.2 )   $ (576.8 )   $ 18.5     $ 1,724.8  
Comprehensive income:
                                                               
Net earnings
                    37.7                               0.7       38.4  
Currency translation adjustment and other
                            (18.3 )                             (18.3 )
Cash flow hedge, net of tax
                            (1.6 )                             (1.6 )
Change in pension
                            (0.9 )                             (0.9 )
 
                                                       
Total comprehensive income (loss)
                    37.7       (20.8 )                     0.7       17.6  
Cash dividends declared — $0.32 per share
                    (25.3 )                                     (25.3 )
Issuance of common stock
                    (3.3 )                     3.9               0.6  
Repurchase of common stock (18,646 shares)
                                            (0.6 )             (0.6 )
Premium paid on equity option
            (16.4 )                                             (16.4 )
Other, stock-based compensation related, net of tax
            3.7                                               3.7  
Tax effect related to stock options exercised
            (0.3 )                                             (0.3 )
ESOP and related tax benefit
                    0.5               1.6                       2.1  
 
                                               
Balance April 4, 2009
  $ 230.9     $ 78.5     $ 2,209.5     $ (172.8 )   $ (85.6 )   $ (573.5 )   $ 19.2     $ 1,706.2  
 
                                               
 
                                                               
Balance January 2, 2010
  $ 230.9     $ 126.7     $ 2,295.5     $ (76.5 )   $ (80.8 )   $ (509.7 )   $ 25.4     $ 2,011.5  
Comprehensive income:
                                                               
Net (loss)/earnings
                    (108.6 )                             0.1       (108.5 )
Currency translation adjustment and other
                            (41.6 )                             (41.6 )
Cash flow hedge, net of tax
                            (1.5 )                             (1.5 )
Change in pension
                            2.0                               2.0  
 
                                                       
Total comprehensive income (loss)
                    (108.6 )     (41.1 )                     0.1       (149.6 )
Cash dividends declared — $0.33 per share
                    (26.6 )                                     (26.6 )
Issuance of common stock
            (10.3 )                             22.4               12.1  
Black & Decker consideration paid
    196.3       4,459.3                               0.3               4,655.9  
Repurchase of common stock (541 shares)
                                            (0.1 )             (0.1 )
Non-controlling interest buyout
            0.7                                       (0.7 )      
 
                                                               
Settlement of equity option
            1.7                               (1.7 )              
Other, stock-based compensation related, net of tax
            31.5                                               31.5  
Tax benefit related to stock options exercised
            1.6                                               1.6  
ESOP and related tax benefit
                    0.5               1.6                       2.1  
 
                                               
Balance April 3, 2010
  $ 427.2     $ 4,611.2     $ 2,160.8     $ (117.6 )   $ (79.2 )   $ (488.8 )   $ 24.8     $ 6,538.4  
 
                                               
See notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

5


Table of Contents

STANLEY BLACK & DECKER, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO (UNAUDITED) CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
APRIL 3, 2010
A. Basis of Presentation
The accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (hereinafter referred to as “generally accepted accounting principles”) for interim financial statements and with the instructions to Form 10-Q and Article 10 of Regulation S-X and do not include all of the information and footnotes required by generally accepted accounting principles for complete financial statements. In the opinion of management, all adjustments considered necessary for a fair presentation of the results of operations for the interim periods have been included and are of a normal, recurring nature. Operating results for the quarter ended April 3, 2010, are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for a full fiscal year. For further information, refer to the consolidated financial statements and footnotes included in The Stanley Works and Subsidiaries’ (collectively, the “Company”) Form 10-K for the year ended January 2, 2010.
On March 12, 2010 a wholly owned subsidiary of The Stanley Works was merged with and into The Black & Decker Corporation (“Black & Decker”), with the result that The Black & Decker Corporation became a wholly owned subsidiary of The Stanley Works (the “Merger”). In connection with the Merger, The Stanley Works changed its name to Stanley Black & Decker, Inc. The results of the operations and cash flows of Black & Decker have been included in the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements from the time of the consummation of the Merger on March 12, 2010 (See Note F, Merger and Acquisitions).
B. New Accounting Standards
Implemented:
In December 2009, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2009-16, “Accounting for Transfers of Financial Assets”. This ASU eliminates the concept of a “qualifying special-purpose entity,” clarifies when a transferor of financial assets has surrendered control over the transferred financial assets, defines specific conditions for reporting a transfer of a portion of a financial asset as a sale, requires that a transferor recognize and initially measure at fair value all assets obtained and liabilities incurred as a result of a transfer of financial assets accounted for as a sale, and requires enhanced disclosures to provide financial statement users with greater transparency about a transferor’s continuing involvement with transferred financial assets. The adoption of this ASU did not have any impact on the consolidated financial statements.
In December 2009, the FASB issued ASU No. 2009-17, “Improvements to Financial Reporting by Enterprises Involved with Variable Interest Entities.” This ASU eliminates the concept of a “qualifying special-purpose entity,” replaces the quantitative approach for determining which enterprise has a controlling financial interest in a variable interest entity with a qualitative approach focused on identifying which enterprise has a controlling financial interest through the power to direct the activities of a variable interest entity that most significantly impact the entity’s economic performance. Additionally, this ASU requires enhanced disclosures that will provide users of financial statements with more information about an enterprise’s involvement in a variable interest entity. The adoption of the ASU did not have any significant impact on the consolidated financial statements.
Not Yet Implemented:
In October 2009, the FASB issued ASU 2009-13, “Revenue Recognition (Topic 605) — Multiple-Deliverable Revenue Arrangements.” This ASU eliminates the requirement that all undelivered elements must have objective and reliable evidence of fair value before a company can recognize the portion of the consideration that is attributable to items that already have been delivered. This may allow some companies to recognize revenue on transactions that involve multiple deliverables earlier than under the current requirements. Additionally, under the new guidance, the relative selling price method is required to be used in allocating consideration between deliverables and the residual value method will no longer be permitted. This ASU is effective prospectively for revenue arrangements entered into or materially modified beginning in fiscal 2011. A company may elect, but will not be required, to adopt the amendments in this ASU retrospectively for all prior periods. Management is currently evaluating the requirements of this ASU and has not yet determined the impact, if any, that it will have on the consolidated financial statements.

6


Table of Contents

C. Earnings Per Share
The following table reconciles the weighted-average shares outstanding used to calculate basic and diluted earnings per share for the three months ended April 3, 2010 and April 4, 2009:
                 
    2010     2009  
Numerator (in millions):
               
Net (loss) earnings attributable to Stanley Black & Decker, Inc.
  $ (108.6 )   $ 37.7  
Less: (loss) earnings attributable to participating RSU’s and RSA’s
    (0.2 )     0.1  
 
           
Net (loss) earnings- basic
  $ (108.4 )   $ 37.6  
 
           
Net (loss) earnings- dilutive
  $ (108.6 )   $ 37.7  
 
           
Denominator (in thousands):
               
Basic earnings per share — weighted-average shares
    97,672       79,209  
Dilutive effect of stock options and awards
          262  
 
           
Diluted earnings per share — weighted-average shares
    97,672       79,471  
 
           
(Loss) earnings per share of common stock:
               
Basic
  $ (1.11 )   $ 0.48  
Diluted
  $ (1.11 )   $ 0.47  
In connection with the Merger, the Company issued 78.5 million shares, 5.8 million options and 0.4 million restricted stock awards and restricted stock units to former Black & Decker shareowners and employees. These outstanding shares and equity awards were included in the calculation of weighted average shares outstanding from the period from the merger date to the end of the quarter. In future periods these shares will be outstanding for the full reporting period and will be weighted accordingly. At the end of the first quarter, there were 159.6 million basic shares outstanding.
The following weighted-average stock options, restricted shares and awards, other equity awards, warrants, and Equity Purchase Contracts to purchase the Company’s common stock were outstanding during the three months ended April 3, 2010 and April 4, 2009, but were not included in the computation of diluted shares outstanding because the effect would be anti-dilutive (in thousands):
                 
    2010   2009
Number of stock options
    2,557 (a)     5,198  
Number of restricted shares and awards
    438 (a)      
Number of other equity awards
    123 (a)      
Number of stock warrants
    4,939       4,939  
Number of shares related to the Equity Purchase Contracts
    5,902       5,885  
 
(a)   Of these excluded shares, 1.3 million stock options, 0.4 million restricted shares and awards, and 0.1 million of other equity awards were anti-dilutive because of the Company’s net loss for the quarter.
The Equity Purchase Contracts will not be dilutive at any time prior to their maturity in May 2010 because the holders must pay the Company the higher of approximately $54.17 or then market price. Additionally, the Company has Convertible Notes outstanding which may require the Company to deliver shares of common stock in May 2012. As of April 3, 2010 and April 4, 2009, there were no shares related to the Convertible Notes included in the calculation of diluted earnings per share because the effect of these conversion options was not dilutive. The Company intends to net share settle the conversion value, if any, of these Convertible Notes at their maturity in May 2012. Furthermore, there is a convertible notes hedge in place which would fully offset any such shares that may be delivered pertaining to the Convertible Notes. These Convertible Notes as well as the related Equity Purchase Contracts and convertible notes hedge are discussed more fully in Note H, Long-Term Debt and Financing Arrangements of this Form 10-Q, as well as in the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended January 2, 2010.
D. Accounts and Notes Receivable
In December 2009, the Company entered into an accounts receivable sale program that is scheduled to expire on December 28, 2010, whereby it is required to sell certain of its trade accounts receivables at fair value to a wholly-owned, bankruptcy-remote special purpose subsidiary (“BRS”). The BRS, in turn, must sell such receivables to a third-party financial institution (“Purchaser”) for cash and a deferred purchase price receivable. The Purchaser’s maximum cash investment in the receivables at any time is $100.0 million.

7


Table of Contents

The purpose of the program is to provide liquidity to the Company. The Company accounts for these transfers as sales under Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 860 “Transfers and Servicing”. The Company has no retained interests in the transferred receivables, other than collection and administrative responsibilities and its right to the deferred purchase price receivable. At April 3, 2010, the Company did not record a servicing asset or liability related to its retained responsibility, based on its assessment of the servicing fee, market values for similar transactions and its cost of servicing the receivables sold.
Net receivables sold amounted to $110.0 million for the three months ended April 3, 2010, which resulted in a $0.3 million pre-tax loss for the quarter. Cash flows related to new transfers, collections of previously sold receivables, including deferred purchase price receivables, and all fees are settled one month in arrears, and netted to $3.6 million of payments to the Purchaser for the three months ended April 3, 2010. Servicing fees amounted to $0.1 million for the first quarter of 2010. The Company’s risk of loss following the sale of the receivables is limited to the deferred purchase price, which was $25.8 million at April 3, 2010. The deferred purchase price receivable will be repaid in cash as receivables are collected, generally within 30 days, and as such the carrying value of the receivable recorded approximates fair value. Delinquencies and credit losses on receivables sold in 2010 were $0.1 million. Cash inflows related to the deferred purchase price receivable totaled $36 million for the first quarter of 2010. All cash flows under the program are reported as a component of changes in working capital within operating activities in the condensed consolidated statement of cash flows since all the cash from the purchaser is either: 1) received upon the initial sale of the receivable or 2) from the ultimate collection of the underlying receivables and the underlying receivables are not subject to significant risks, other than credit risk, given their short term nature.
E. Inventories
The components of inventories at April 3, 2010 and January 2, 2010 are as follows (in millions):
                 
    2010     2009  
Finished products
  $ 938.1     $ 252.8  
Work in process
    157.0       49.0  
Raw materials
    302.5       64.4  
 
           
Total inventories
  $ 1,397.6     $ 366.2  
 
           
As more fully disclosed in Note F, in connection with the Merger, the Company acquired inventory with a fair value of $1.068 billion which included a non-cash inventory step-up of $170.5 million. During the first quarter of 2010, $41.6 million of this inventory step-up was amortized and recognized as cost of sales in the consolidated statement of operations as the corresponding inventory was sold.
F. Merger and Acquisitions
MERGER WITH BLACK & DECKER
On March 12, 2010 (the “merger date”), a wholly owned subsidiary of The Stanley Works was merged with and into The Black & Decker Corporation (“Black & Decker”), with the result that Black & Decker became a wholly owned subsidiary of The Stanley Works. As part of the Merger, Black & Decker stockholders received 1.275 shares of Stanley stock for each share outstanding as of the merger date. All of the outstanding Black & Decker shares and equity based awards were exchanged for Stanley shares and equity awards as part of the Merger. Fractional shares generated by the conversion ratio were cash settled for $0.3 million. After the exchange was completed, pre-merger Stanley shareowners retained ownership of 50.5% of the combined company. In conjunction with consummating the Merger, the name of the combined Company was changed to “Stanley Black & Decker, Inc”.
Black & Decker is a global manufacturer and marketer of power tools and accessories, hardware and home improvement products, and technology-based fastening systems. The Merger creates a larger and more globally diversified company with a broad array of products and services with significant exposure to growing and profitable product areas. Stanley and Black & Decker’s product lines are generally complementary, and do not present areas of significant overlap. By combining the two companies, there will be significant cost saving opportunities through reductions in corporate overhead, business unit and purchasing consolidation, and by combining elements of manufacturing and distribution.
Based on the closing price of Stanley common stock on the merger date, the consideration received by Black & Decker shareholders in the Merger had a value of approximately $4.656 billion as detailed below.

8


Table of Contents

                 
    Conversion        
(in millions)   Calculation     Fair Value  
Black & Decker common stock outstanding as of the merger date
    61.571          
Multiplied by Stanley’s stock price as of the merger date multiplied by the exchange ratio of 1.275 ($57.86 * 1.275)
  $ 73.77     $ 4,542.2  
 
             
Fair value of the vested and unvested stock options pertaining to pre-merger service issued to replace existing grants at closing (a)
            91.7  
Fair value of unvested restricted stock and restricted stock units pertaining to pre-merger service issued to replace existing grants at closing (a)
            12.2  
Other vested equity awards (a)
            9.8  
Cash paid to settle fractional shares
            0.3  
 
             
Total fair value of consideration transferred
          $ 4,656.2  
 
             
 
(a)   As part of the Merger the Company exchanged the pre-merger equity awards of Black & Decker for Stanley Black & Decker equity awards. Under ASC 805, the fair value of vested options and the earned portion of unvested options, restricted stock awards and restricted stock units are recognized as consideration paid. The remaining value relating to the unvested and unearned options, restricted stock awards and restricted stock units will be recognized as future stock-based compensation. The allocation of the pre-merger equity awards between consideration paid and future stock-based compensation are as follows (in millions):
                         
            Fair value        
            Recognized as     Fair value to be  
    Number of     Consideration     recognized as future  
Award type   Awards     Paid     compensation cost  
Stock options
    5.8     $ 91.7     $ 14.1  
Restricted stock units and awards
    0.4       12.2       12.8  
Other vested equity awards
    0.2       9.8        
 
                 
Total
    6.4     $ 113.7     $ 26.9  
 
                 
The following assumptions were used for the Black Scholes valuation of the pre-merger Black & Decker stock options in the determination of consideration paid:
     
Stock price
  $57.86
Post conversion strike price
  $23.53 – $74.11
Average expected volatility
  32%
Dividend yield
  0.7%
Weighted-average risk-free interest rate
  1.4%
Weighted-average expected term
  2.9 years
Weighted-average fair value per option
  $18.72
The expected volatility is based on two equally weighted components: the first component is the average historical volatility which is based on daily observations and duration consistent with the expected life assumption; the second component is the market implied volatility of traded options. The average expected term of the option is based on historical employee stock option exercise behavior as well as the remaining contractual exercise term. The risk-free interest rate is based on U.S. treasury securities with maturities equal to the expected life of the option. The fair value of restricted stock and restricted stock units and other vested equity awards was $57.86 per share. Total compensation expense recognized during the first quarter for the options, restricted stock, and restricted stock awards that were assumed as part of the Merger was $0.6 million.
The transaction has been accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting which requires, among other things, the assets acquired and liabilities assumed be recognized at their fair values as of the merger date. The following table summarizes the estimated fair values of major assets acquired and liabilities assumed as part of the Merger:

9


Table of Contents

         
(Millions of Dollars)   2010  
 
Cash
  $ 949.4  
Accounts and notes receivable
    907.2  
Inventory
    1,067.9  
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
    305.1  
Property, plant and equipment
    477.1  
Trade names
    1,510.5  
Customer relationships
    508.6  
Licenses, technology and patents
    119.6  
Other assets
    197.1  
Short-term borrowings
    (175.0 )
Accounts payable
    (479.2 )
Accrued expenses
    (883.1 )
Long-term debt
    (1,657.1 )
Post-retirement benefits
    (762.6 )
Deferred taxes
    (488.1 )
Other liabilities
    (427.0 )
 
     
 
Total identifiable net assets
  $ 1,170.4  
Goodwill
    3,485.8  
 
     
 
Total consideration transferred
  $ 4,656.2  
 
     
As of the merger date, the expected fair value of accounts receivable approximated the historical cost. The gross contractual receivable was $951.7 million, of which $44.5 million is not expected to be collectable.
The amount allocated to trade names includes $1.361 billion associated with the indefinite-lived trade names which have been determined to have indefinite lives. The weighted average useful lives assigned to the finite lived intangible assets are trade names — 14 years; customer relationships — 16 years; and licenses, technology and patents — 11 years.
Black & Decker has three primary areas of contingent liabilities: environmental, risk insurance (predominantly product liability and workers compensation) and uncertain tax liabilities. Additionally, Black & Decker is involved in various lawsuits in the ordinary course of business, including litigation and administrative proceedings involving commercial disputes and employment matters. Some of these lawsuits include claims for punitive as well as compensatory damages. The Company believes the majority of the contingent liabilities will ultimately be recorded at fair value in purchase accounting, aside from those pertaining to uncertainty in income taxes which are an exception to the fair value basis of accounting; however certain environmental matters that are inherently legal contingencies in nature will be adjusted at the probable and estimable amount.
Goodwill is calculated as the excess of the consideration transferred over the net assets recognized and represents the expected revenue and cost synergies of the combined business, assembled workforce, and the going concern nature of Black & Decker. It is estimated that $167.7 million of goodwill, relating to Black & Decker’s pre-merger historical tax basis, will be deductible for tax purposes.
The purchase price allocation for Black & Decker is preliminary in all respects. Adjustments are possible pertaining to the following, among other items:
    Intangible assets — pending finalization of valuation efforts for acquired intangible assets.
 
    Property, Plant, and Equipment —completion of physical observations of property, plant and equipment and valuation efforts to determine their fair value.
 
    Environmental remediation, income tax contingencies, product liability and other risk insurance reserves — completion of the assessment of these matters.

10


Table of Contents

    Tax liabilities relating to the repatriation of unremitted earnings — As of December 31, 2009 Black & Decker had not provided for income taxes on unremitted earnings of approximately $2.1 billion from its international subsidiaries. Concurrent with the Merger the Company has made a determination to repatriate certain of these funds, making such amounts subject to both U.S. income and foreign withholding taxes. The Company is in the process of determining the tax consequence of such repatriation in accordance with ASC 740-30 and therefore no tax liability has currently been provided.
 
    Other income tax assets and liabilities
 
    Pensions and Other Post Employment Benefits — pending finalization of actuarial reviews as of the merger date.
 
    Allocation of goodwill between reporting units
A single estimate of fair value results from a complex series of judgments about future events and uncertainties and relies heavily on estimates and assumptions. The Company’s judgments used to determine the estimated fair value assigned to each class of assets acquired and liabilities assumed, as well as asset lives, can materially impact the Company’s results from operations. The Company will finalize the Black & Decker purchase accounting for the various open items as soon as reasonably possible during the measurement period. The finalization of the Company’s purchase accounting assessment will result in changes in the valuation of assets and liabilities acquired which could be material.
ACQUISITION OF ADT FRANCE
In March 2010, the Company completed the acquisition of ADT France for $8.0 million, net of cash acquired. ADT France is a leading provider of security services, primarily for commercial businesses located in France. ADT France has been consolidated into the Company’s Security segment. This acquisition gives the Company the leading market share in France and expands the Company’s security footprint in Europe. The purchase accounting for this recent acquisition is preliminary, principally with respect to finalization of intangible asset valuations, contingencies, deferred taxes, and certain other items.
2009 ACQUISITIONS
During 2009, the Company completed six minor acquisitions, primarily relating to the Company’s convergent security solutions business, for a combined purchase price of $24.2 million. The purchase price allocation for these acquisitions is complete.
ACTUAL AND PRO FORMA IMPACT OF THE MERGER
The following table presents information for Black & Decker that is included in the Company’s consolidated statement of operations from the merger date through the end of the quarter (in millions):
         
    2010  
Net sales
  $ 327.0  
Loss attributable to Black & Decker
  $ (135.3 ) (A)
 
(A)   The net loss attributable to Black & Decker includes amortization of the inventory step-up, restructuring charges and other merger related items.
The following table presents supplemental pro forma information as if the Merger had occurred on January 3, 2010 for the quarter ended April 3, 2010. The comparative 2009 column was prepared as if the Merger had occurred on January 2, 2009 for the quarter ended April 2, 2009. As such, both years presented include merger related charges. The pro forma consolidated results are not necessarily indicative of what the Company’s consolidated net earnings would have been had the Company completed the Merger on January 3, 2010, or January 2, 2009. In addition the pro forma consolidated results do not purport to project the future results of the combined Company nor do they reflect the expected realization of any cost savings associated with the Merger.

11


Table of Contents

                 
(Millions of Dollars, except per share amounts)   2010     2009  
Net sales
  $ 2,194.2     $ 1,986.7  
Net loss attributable to Stanley Black & Decker
  $ (151.8 )   $ (203.7 )
Diluted earnings per share
  $ (0.95 )   $ (1.28 )
2010 Pro forma Results
The 2010 pro forma results were calculated by combining the results of Stanley Black & Decker with Black & Decker’s stand-alone results from January 3, 2010 through March 12, 2010. Additionally the following adjustments were made to account for certain costs which would have been incurred during this pre-acquisition period.
    Elimination of historical Black & Decker intangible asset amortization expense and the addition of intangible asset amortization expense related to intangibles valued as part of the Merger, that would have been incurred from January 3, 2010 to March 12, 2010.
 
    Additional expense for the inventory step-up which would have been amortized as the corresponding inventory was sold.
 
    Reduced interest expense for the debt fair value adjustment which would have been amortized from January 3, 2010 to March 12, 2010.
 
    The modifications above were adjusted for the applicable tax impact.
2009 Pro forma Results
The 2009 pro forma results were calculated by taking the historical financial results of Stanley and adding the historical results of Black & Decker. Additionally the following adjustments were made to account for certain costs that would have been incurred in 2009 had the acquisition commenced on January 2, 2009.
    Elimination of historical Black & Decker intangible asset amortization expense and addition of a full quarter of intangible asset amortization expense relating to intangibles valued as part of the Merger.
 
    Added a full quarter of expense for the inventory step-up which would have been amortized as the corresponding inventory was sold.
 
    Added the costs that were incurred to consummate the Merger during the first quarter of 2010.
 
    Added the merger related restructuring charges which were incurred during the first quarter of 2010.
 
    Added compensation expense for merger related equity awards granted to key executives.
 
    Reduced interest expense for the debt fair value adjustment which would have been amortized during the quarter.
 
    The modifications above were adjusted for the applicable tax impact.
G. Goodwill and Intangible Assets
Goodwill
In the first quarter of 2010, goodwill increased by approximately $3.486 billion associated with the Merger. This amount is subject to change based upon the allocation of the consideration transferred to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed from Black & Decker (See Note F, Merger and Acquisitions). The allocation of goodwill among segments has not been completed but will be completed within the measurement period. Goodwill attributable to the Merger is shown in the table below in the unallocated column.
Changes in the carrying amount of goodwill by segment are as follows (in millions):

12


Table of Contents

                                         
    Construction                          
    & DIY     Industrial     Security     Unallocated     Total  
Balance as of January 2, 2010
  $ 206.6     $ 367.8     $ 1,244.0     $     $ 1,818.4  
Goodwill acquired during the year
                4.1       3,485.8       3,489.9  
Foreign currency translation and other
    (14.4 )     (2.6 )     (8.6 )           (25.6 )
 
                             
Balance as of April 3, 2010
  $ 192.2     $ 365.2     $ 1,239.5     $ 3,485.8     $ 5,282.7  
 
                             
Intangible Assets
Intangible assets with definite lives at April 3, 2010 and January 2, 2010 were as follows (in millions):
                                 
    2010             2009        
    Gross             Gross        
    Carrying     Accumulated     Carrying     Accumulated  
    Amount     Amortization     Amount     Amortization  
Amortized Intangible Assets — Definite lives
                               
Patents and copyrights
  $ 56.0     $ (37.8 )   $ 53.1     $ (38.7 )
Trade names
    210.6       (37.0 )     61.6       (35.1 )
Customer relationships
    1,219.6       (285.9 )     680.5       (267.1 )
Other intangible assets
    172.2       (43.3 )     58.0       (40.5 )
 
                       
Total
  $ 1,658.4     $ (404.0 )   $ 853.2     $ (381.4 )
 
                       
Total indefinite-lived trade names are $1.653 billion at April 3, 2010 and $304.6 million at January 2, 2010. This increase is attributable to the Merger.
Aggregate intangible assets amortization expense by segment was as follows (in millions):
                 
    2010     2009  
CDIY
  $ 2.6     $ 0.6  
Industrial
    2.4       1.0  
Security
    22.3       24.1  
 
           
Total
  $ 27.3     $ 25.7  
 
           
Future amortization expense of the next five years amounts to $122.6 million for the remaining three quarters of 2010, $153.9 million for 2011, $147.7 million for 2012, $132.6 million for 2013, and $119.1 million for 2014.
H. Long-Term Debt and Financing Arrangements
At April 3, 2010 and January 2, 2010, short-term borrowings are as follows (in millions):
                 
    2010     2009  
Commercial paper program
  $ 522.0     $ 87.0  
Other short-term borrowings
    179.3       3.4  
 
           
Total
  $ 701.3     $ 90.4  
 
           
On March 12, 2010, the Company amended its $800.0 million committed credit facility to include adjustments to the interest coverage ratio covenant for restructuring and merger-related items resulting from the Merger. The Company also entered into a $700.0 million, 364-day revolving credit facility totaling $700.0 million effective March 12, 2010. The credit facilities are designated as a liquidity back-stop for the Company’s commercial paper program which was increased on March 12, 2010 to $1.5 billion. These changes to the Company’s short-term borrowing capacity were related to the Merger.
At April 3, 2010 and January 2, 2010, long-term debt is as follows (in millions):
                         
    Interest Rate     2010     2009  
Notes payable due 2010
    5.00 %   $     $ 200.0  
Notes payable due 2011
    7.125 %     425.7        
Notes payable due 2012
    4.90 %     207.5       206.3  
Convertible notes payable due in 2012
  3 month LIBOR less 3.5 %     297.1       294.5  
Notes payable due 2013
    6.15 %     255.5       253.1  
Notes payable due 2014
    4.75 %     314.3        
Notes payable due 2014
    8.95 %     417.8        
Notes payable due 2016
    5.75 %     327.2        
Notes payable due 2028
    7.05 %     169.3        
Notes payable due 2045 (subordinated)
    5.90 %     312.7       312.7  
Other loans through 2015
    0.0% - 6.6 %     23.8       26.1  
 
                   
Total long-term debt, including current maturities
          $ 2,750.9     $ 1,292.7  
Current maturities of long-term debt
            7.5       208.0  
 
                   
Long-term debt
          $ 2,743.4     $ 1,084.7  
 
                   

13


Table of Contents

As discussed in Note F, Merger & Acquisitions, the Company acquired $1.832 billion in total debt in connection with the Merger which includes $157.1 million to adjust the debt balance to its estimated fair value. Principal amounts of the notes acquired in the Merger are: $400.0 million notes payable due in 2011, $300.0 million due in 2014, $350.0 million due in 2014 and $300.0 million due in 2016. The Company also acquired debt of a Black & Decker subsidiary in the aggregate principal amount of $150.0 million due in 2028, and other short-term borrowings in the aggregate principal amount of $175.0 million. The Company has executed a full and unconditional guarantee of the existing debt of The Black & Decker Corporation and Black & Decker Holdings, LLC., and Black & Decker executed a full and unconditional guarantee of the existing debt of the Company, excluding the Company’s Junior Subordinated Debt, including for payments of principal and interest and as such these notes rank equally in priority with the Company’s unsecured and unsubordinated debt. Refer to Note U, Parent and Subsidiary Debt Guarantees, for additional information pertaining to these debt guarantees.
Aggregate annual principal maturities of long-term debt for each of the years from 2010 to 2014 are $7.1 million, $406.3 million, $524.1 million, $252.8 million, $653.4 million, respectively and $762.7 million thereafter. These debt maturities represent the principal amounts to be paid and accordingly exclude $154.4 million of unamortized debt fair value adjustment as of April 3, 2010 which increased the Black & Decker debt, as well as $13.0 million of unamortized interest rate swap termination gains as described in Note I, Derivative Financial Instruments. These amounts are offset by $22.9 million of remaining accretion on the Stanley Convertible Note as of April 3, 2010 that will gradually increase the debt to its $320.0 million principal amount due in May 2012 as discussed further in Note H of The Stanley Works Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 2, 2010.
I. Derivative Financial Instruments
The Company is exposed to market risk from changes in foreign currency exchange rates, interest rates, stock prices and commodity prices. As part of the Company’s risk management program, it uses a variety of financial instruments such as interest rate swap agreements, currency swap agreements, purchased currency options, foreign exchange contracts and commodity contracts to mitigate interest rate exposure, foreign currency exposure and commodity price exposure.
Financial instruments are not utilized for speculative purposes. If the Company elects to do so and if the instrument meets the criteria specified in ASC 815, management designates its derivative instruments as cash flow hedges, fair value hedges or net investment hedges.
For derivative instruments that are so designated at inception and qualify as cash flow and net investment hedges, the Company records the effective portions of the gain or loss on the derivative instrument in Accumulated other comprehensive income, a separate component of Shareowners’ equity, and subsequently reclassifies these amounts into earnings in the period during which the hedged transaction is recognized in earnings. For designated fair value hedges, the Company records the changes in the fair value of the derivative instrument as well as the hedged item in the Consolidated Statements of Operations within the same caption. The Company measures hedge effectiveness by comparing the cumulative change in the hedge contract with the cumulative change in the hedged item, both of which are based on forward rates. For interest rate swaps designated as cash flow hedges, the Company measures the hedge effectiveness by offsetting the change in the variable portion of the interest rate swap with the change in the expected interest flows due to fluctuations in the LIBOR-based interest rate. The ineffective portion of the gain or loss, if any, is immediately recognized in the same caption where the hedged items are recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
In the first quarter of 2010, the Company acquired a portfolio of derivative financial instruments related to the Merger, which Black & Decker entered into in the ordinary course of business and which may have been previously designated as hedges. At the March 12, 2010 merger date, these instruments became undesignated and the Company established its intent for each derivative strategy. The Company decided to terminate all outstanding interest rate swaps and forwards hedging future purchases of inventory denominated in a foreign currency. For other currency forwards and commodities, the Company elected to leave the instruments in place as an economic hedge only and account for them as undesignated. Net investment hedges were re-designated.

14


Table of Contents

A summary of the fair value of the Company’s derivatives recorded in the Consolidated Balance Sheets are as follows (in millions):
                                         
    Balance Sheet                   Balance Sheet            
    Classification   4/3/10     1/2/10     Classification   4/3/10     1/2/10  
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:
                                       
Interest Rate Contracts Cash Flow
  Other current assets   $     $     Accrued expenses   $ 1.0     $ 2.2  
 
  LT other assets     5.9       7.3     LT other liabilities            
 
                                       
Interest Rate Contracts Fair Value
  Other current assets     4.5       4.5     Accrued expenses            
 
  LT other assets     2.0       0.1     LT other liabilities           2.7  
 
                                       
Foreign Exchange Contracts Cash Flow
  Other current assets     0.7       0.1     Accrued expenses     22.4       31.2  
 
                                       
Net Investment Hedge
  Other current assets     75.5           Accrued expenses     0.5       29.1  
 
                               
 
      $ 88.6     $ 12.0         $ 23.9     $ 65.2  
 
                               
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:
                                       
Foreign Exchange Contracts
  Other current assets   $ 78.1     $ 18.5     Accrued expenses   $ 187.9     $ 19.5  
 
  LT other assets           2.8     LT other liabilities     1.2        
 
                                       
Commodity Contracts
  Other current assets     4.8           LT other liabilities            
 
                               
 
      $ 82.9     $ 21.3         $ 189.1     $ 19.5  
 
                               
The counterparties to all of the Company’s derivative financial instruments are major international financial institutions. The Company is exposed to credit risk for net exchanges under these agreements, but not for the notional amounts. The risk is limited to the asset amounts noted above. The Company limits its exposure and concentration of risk by contracting with diverse financial institutions and does not anticipate non-performance by any of its counterparties. Further, as more fully discussed in Note M, Fair Value Measurements, the Company considers non-performance risk of its counterparties at each reporting period and adjusts the carrying value of these assets accordingly. The risk of default is considered remote.
During the first quarter of 2010, significant cash flows related to derivatives included cash paid of $16.1 million on a foreign exchange contract hedging a euro denominated net investment that matured and cash received of $17.6 million related to two currency swaps that were terminated. The Company also received $30.2 million in March 2010 from the termination of $325.0 million notional of fixed to variable interest rates swaps. In the first quarter of 2009, significant cash flows related to derivatives included a cash payment of $10.5 million on a Great Britain pound currency swap maturity.
CASH FLOW HEDGES There was a $3.3 million after-tax gain and a $4.8 million after-tax gain reported for cash flow hedge effectiveness in Accumulated other comprehensive income as of April 3, 2010 and January 2, 2010, respectively. A loss of $0.3 million is expected to be reclassified to earnings as the hedged transactions occur or as amounts are amortized within the next 12 months. The ultimate amount recognized will vary based on fluctuations of the hedged currencies through the maturity dates. The tables below detail pre-tax amounts reclassified from Accumulated other comprehensive income into earnings during the periods in which the underlying hedged transactions affected earnings for the three months ended April 3, 2010 and April 4, 2009 (in millions).
                             
            Classification of   Gain (Loss)   Gain (Loss)
            Gain (Loss)   Reclassified from   Recognized in
    Gain (Loss)   Reclassified from   OCI to Income   Income
Year to date 2010   Recorded in OCI   OCI to Income   (Effective Portion)   (Ineffective Portion*)
Interest Rate Contracts
  $ (1.6 )   Interest expense   $ (1.2 )   $  
 
                           
Foreign Exchange Contracts
  $ (1.4 )   Cost of sales   $     $  
 
  $ 9.4     Other, net   $ 9.8     $  
                                 
            Classification of   Gain (Loss)   Gain (Loss)
            Gain (Loss)   Reclassified from   Recognized in
    Gain (Loss)   Reclassified from   OCI to Income   Income
Year to date 2009   Recorded in OCI   OCI to Income   (Effective Portion)   (Ineffective Portion*)
Interest Rate Contracts
  $ (0.1 )   Interest expense   $ (1.2 )   $  
 
                               
Foreign Exchange Contracts
  $ 1.3     Cost of sales   $ 1.6        
 
  $ 3.6     Other, net   $ 6.8        

15


Table of Contents

 
*   Includes ineffective portion and amount excluded from effectiveness testing.
For the first three months of 2010, the hedged items’ impact to the income statement was a loss of $9.4 million in Other, net. For the first three months of 2009, the hedged items’ impact to the income statement was a loss of approximately $2.9 million in Cost of sales and a loss of $6.4 million in Other, net. There was no impact related to the interest rate contracts’ hedged items. The impact of de-designated hedges was immaterial for the first quarter of 2010. The impact of de-designated hedges was a pre-tax gain of $0.6 million for the first quarter of 2009.
During the three months ended April 3, 2010 and April 4, 2009, an after-tax gain of $5.5 million and $7.2 million, respectively, was reclassified from Accumulated other comprehensive income into earnings during the periods in which the underlying hedged transactions affected earnings.
Interest Rate Contracts
The Company enters into interest rate swap agreements in order to obtain the lowest cost source of funds within a targeted range of variable to fixed-rate debt proportions. At April 3, 2010 and January 2, 2010, the Company had outstanding contracts fixing the interest rate on its $320.0 million floating rate convertible notes and $400.0 million of forward starting swaps outstanding fixing the interest rate on the expected refinancing of debt in 2012.
Foreign Currency Contracts
Forward contracts: Through its global businesses, the Company enters into transactions and makes investments denominated in multiple currencies that give rise to foreign currency risk. The Company and its subsidiaries regularly purchase inventory from non-United States dollar subsidiaries which creates volatility in the Company’s results of operations. The Company utilizes forward contracts to hedge these forecasted purchases of inventory. Gains and losses reclassified from Accumulated other comprehensive income for the effective and ineffective portions of the hedge as well as any amounts excluded from effectiveness testing are recorded in Cost of sales. At April 3, 2010, the notional value of the hedge contracts outstanding was $67.0 million, of which $10.5 million has been de-designated, maturing at various dates through 2010. As of January 2, 2010, there were no outstanding hedge contracts.
Currency swaps: The Company and its subsidiaries have entered into various inter-company transactions whereby the notional values are denominated in currencies other than the functional currencies of the party executing the trade. In order to better match the cash flows of its inter-company obligations with cash flows from operations, the Company enters into currency swaps. The notional value of the United States dollar exposure and the related hedge contracts outstanding as of April 3, 2010 and January 2, 2010 was $150.0 million, maturing November 2010.
FAIR VALUE HEDGES
Interest Rate Risk In an effort to optimize the mix of fixed versus floating rate debt in the Company’s capital structure, the Company enters into interest rate swaps. In January 2009, the Company entered into interest rate swaps with notional values that equaled the Company’s $200.0 million 4.9% notes due in 2012 and $250.0 million 6.15% notes due in 2013. The interest rate swaps effectively convert the Company’s fixed-rate debt to floating-rate debt based on LIBOR, thereby hedging the fluctuation in fair value resulting from changes in interest rates. The changes in fair value of the interest rate swaps were recognized in earnings as was the offsetting changes in fair value of the underlying notes. A summary of the fair value adjustments relating to these swaps for the first three months of 2010 and 2009 is as follows (in millions):
                                         
            2010   2009
Income Statement   Notional Value of   Gain/(Loss) on   Gain /(Loss) on   Gain/(Loss) on   Gain /(Loss) on
Classification   Open Contracts   Swaps   Borrowings   Swaps   Borrowings
Interest Expense
  $ 450.0     $ (0.1 )   $ 0.1     $ 1.1     $ (1.1 )
In addition to the amounts in the table above, the net swap settlements that occur each period and amortization of the gains on terminated swaps are also reported in interest expense and totaled $3.0 million as a reduction of interest expense for the first three months of both 2010 and 2009. Interest expense on the underlying debt was $6.3 million and $6.4 million for the first three months of 2010 and 2009, respectively.

16


Table of Contents

NET INVESTMENT HEDGES
Foreign Exchange Contracts The Company utilizes net investment hedges to offset the translation adjustment arising from remeasurement of its investment in the assets, liabilities, revenues, and expenses of its foreign subsidiaries. The total after-tax amounts in Accumulated other comprehensive income were losses of $0.1 million and $11.8 million at April 3, 2010 and January 2, 2010, respectively. As of April 3, 2010, the Company had foreign exchange contracts with notional values totaling $1.291 billion outstanding hedging a portion of its euro denominated net investment that mature in September 2010 and its pound sterling denominated net investment that mature at various dates through January 2011. The Company had a foreign exchange contract mature in February 2010 resulting in a loss of $16.1 million that will remain in Accumulated other comprehensive income until disposal of the underlying assets. The details of the pre-tax amounts are below (in millions):
                                                 
    Year to Date 2010   Year to Date 2009
            Effective   Ineffective           Effective   Ineffective
    Amount   Portion   Portion*   Amount   Portion   Portion*
    Recorded   Recorded in   Recorded in   Recorded in   Recorded in   Recorded in
Income Statement   in OCI   Income   Income   OCI   Income   Income
Classification   Gain (Loss)   Statement   Statement   Gain (Loss)   Statement   Statement
Other, net
  $ 18.6     $     $     $ 6.8     $     $  
 
*   Includes ineffective portion and amount excluded from effectiveness testing.
UNDESIGNATED HEDGES
Foreign Exchange Contracts Currency swaps and foreign exchange forward contracts are used to reduce risks arising from the change in fair value of certain foreign currency denominated assets and liabilities (such as affiliate loans, payables, receivables). The objective of these practices is to minimize the impact of foreign currency fluctuations on operating results. The total notional amount of the contracts outstanding at April 3, 2010 was $4.112 billion of forward contracts and $258.1 million in currency swaps, maturing at various dates primarily through January 2011 with some to December 2014. Included in this amount is $3.924 billion of forward contracts assumed in conjunction with the Merger. The income statement impacts related to derivatives not designated as hedging instruments for the first quarter of 2010 and 2009 are as follows (in millions):
                         
            Year to Date 2010   Year to Date 2009
Derivatives Not           Amount of Gain (Loss)   Amount of Gain (Loss)
Designated as Hedging   Income Statement   Recorded in Income on   Recorded in Income on
Instruments under ASC 815   Classification   Derivative   Derivative
Foreign Exchange Contracts
  Other, net   $ (3.8 )   $ 2.2  
 
  Cost of Sales   $ 0.5     $  
Commodity Contracts Commodity contracts are used to manage price risks related to material purchases — primarily zinc and copper — used in the manufacturing process. The objective of the hedge is to reduce the variability of cash flows associated with the forecasted purchase of these commodities. In conjunction with the Merger, the Company assumed commodity contracts with a total notional amount of 7.4 million pounds outstanding at April 3, 2010. The contracts mature at various dates through December 2010. The income statement impacts related to commodity contracts not designated as hedging instruments for the first quarter of 2010 are as follows (in millions):
                   
            Year to Date 2010  
Derivatives Not           Amount of Gain (Loss)  
Designated as Hedging   Income Statement   Recorded in Income on  
Instruments under ASC 815   Classification   Derivative  
Commodity Contracts
  Cost of Sales   $0.4  
J. Stock-Based Compensation
In addition to the equity awards exchanged as part of the Merger, key executives were granted stock options and restricted shares.

17


Table of Contents

Stock Options: One million options were granted in conjunction with the Merger. These options will vest in full on the third anniversary of the Merger. The fair value of each stock option was estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. Assumptions used for the Black Scholes valuation of these options were:
         
Stock price
  $ 57.50  
Option price
  $ 57.50  
Average expected volatility
    30 %
Dividend yield
    2.3 %
Risk-free interest rate
    3.3 %
Expected term
  7 years  
Fair value per option
  $ 16.34  
The expected volatility is based on two equally weighted components: the first component is the average historical volatility which is based on daily observations and duration consistent with the expected life assumption; the second component is the market implied volatility of traded options. The average expected term of the option is based on historical stock option exercise behavior as well as the remaining contractual exercise term. The risk free interest rate is based on U.S. treasury securities with maturities equal to the expected life of the option. Total compensation expense incurred during the quarter for this option grant was $0.2 million. Total remaining unrecognized compensation expense relating to this award is $16.1 million which will be expensed over the remaining three year vesting period.
Additionally, the Company expensed $0.3 million in stock-based compensation for the quarter related to the options that were exchanged as part of the Merger. Refer to Note F, Merger and Acquisitions for further details.
Restricted Share Units: During March 2010, merger grants of restricted stock units (“RSUs”) were made totaling 935,000 stock units. These RSU grants vest 50% at the end of the fourth year and 50% on the fifth anniversary of the grant date. Certain employees are retirement-eligible, such that under the terms of the grant they retain their awards even if they retire prior to the end of the vesting period, and consequently such awards are expensed immediately on the grant date. The weighted-average grant date fair value of RSUs is $57.82 resulting in total compensation expense to be recognized of $54.1 million over the service period. During the first quarter of 2010, $22.5 million of expense was recognized for these RSUs. Approximately $22.0 million of this first quarter expense relates to employees who were either retirement eligible at the grant date or become retirement eligible early in the vesting period. Additionally, the Company expensed $0.3 million in stock-based compensation for the quarter related to the RSUs that were exchanged as part of the Merger.
K. Equity Option
In January 2009, the Company purchased from financial institutions over the counter 15 month capped call options, subject to adjustments for standard anti-dilution provisions, on 3.0 million shares of its common stock for an aggregate premium of $16.4 million, or an average of $5.47 per option. The purpose of the capped call options was to reduce share price volatility on potential future share repurchases by establishing the prices at which the Company may elect to repurchase 3 million shares in the 15 month term. In accordance with ASC 815-40, the premium paid was recorded as a reduction to Shareowners’ equity. The contracts for each of the three series of options generally provided that the options may, at the Company’s election, be cash settled, physically settled or net-share settled (the default settlement method). Each series of options had various expiration dates within the month of March 2010. In August 2009, 886,629 options were terminated and in December 2009, an additional 2,000,000 options were terminated as more fully described in Note J of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 2, 2010. There were 113,371 options outstanding at January 2, 2010. Because the market price of the Company’s common stock was above the applicable upper strike price, the value per option to the Company was the difference between the applicable upper strike price and lower strike price. The remaining options were automatically exercised and net share settled in March 2010 using an average share price of $58.76 and a fair value of $1,673,265. The terminations occurred above the upper strike price, maximizing the intrinsic value of the contracts. These terminations resulted in 28,447 shares being delivered to the Company which was recorded to Shareowners’ equity.

18


Table of Contents

L. Net Periodic Benefit Cost — Defined Benefit Plans
Following are the components of net periodic benefit cost for the three months ended April 3, 2010 and April 4, 2009 (in millions):
                                                 
    First Quarter  
    Pension Benefits     Other Benefits  
    U.S. Plans     Non-U.S. Plans     U.S. Plans  
    2010     2009     2010     2009     2010     2009  
Service cost
  $ 1.7     $ 0.9     $ 1.5     $ 0.7     $ 0.2     $ 0.3  
Interest cost
    6.4       2.5       5.5       3.1       0.6       0.4  
Expected return on plan assets
    (5.3 )     (1.7 )     (5.4 )     (3.4 )            
Amortization of prior service cost
    0.2       0.3                          
Amortization of (gain) net loss
    0.5       0.8       1.0       0.6             (0.1 )
Curtailment loss
                0.9                    
 
                                   
Net periodic benefit cost
  $ 3.5     $ 2.8     $ 3.5     $ 1.0     $ 0.8     $ 0.6  
 
                                   
As discussed in Note F, Merger and Acquisitions, the Company assumed obligations for pension and post-retirement benefits associated with the Merger. The preliminary estimate of the Black & Decker plan assets and projected benefit obligations is $1.1 billion and $1.9 billion, respectively. The Black & Decker defined benefit plan assets are primarily invested in equity securities and fixed income securities. The Company does not believe there is a significant concentration risk within the plan assets given the diversification of asset types, fund strategies, and fund managers. The Company is using a weighted-average long-term rate of return assumption of 8.0% for the U.S. plans and 7.0% for the non-U.S. plans in the determination of fiscal 2010 net periodic benefit expense. The Company expects to contribute approximately $100 million to its pension and post retirement benefit plans in 2010.
M. Fair Value Measurements
ASC 820 defines, establishes a consistent framework for measuring, and expands disclosure requirements about fair value. ASC 820 requires the Company to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. Observable inputs reflect market data obtained from independent sources, while unobservable inputs reflect the Company’s market assumptions. These two types of inputs create the following fair value hierarchy:
Level 1 — Quoted prices for identical instruments in active markets.
Level 2 —Quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active; and model-derived valuations whose inputs and significant value drivers are observable.
Level 3 — Instruments that are valued using unobservable inputs.
The Company holds various derivative financial instruments that are employed to manage risks, including foreign currency and interest rate exposures. These financial instruments are carried at fair value and are included within the scope of ASC 820. The Company determines the fair value of derivatives through the use of matrix or model pricing, which utilizes verifiable inputs such as market interest and currency rates. When determining the fair value of these financial instruments for which Level 1 evidence does not exist, the Company considers various factors including the following: exchange or market price quotations of similar instruments, time value and volatility factors, the Company’s own credit rating and the credit rating of the counter-party.
The following table presents the Company’s financial assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis for each of the hierarchy levels (millions of dollars):
                                 
                            Total Carrying
    Level 1   Level 2   Level 3   Value
April 3, 2010:
                               
Money market funds
  $ 265.1     $     $     $ 265.1  
Investments
  $ 34.2     $ 26.1     $     $ 60.3  
Derivative assets
  $ 4.8     $ 166.7     $     $ 171.5  
Derivatives liabilities
  $     $ 213.0     $     $ 213.0  
 
                               
January 2, 2010:
                               
Money market funds
  $ 210.8     $     $     $ 210.8  
Derivative assets
  $     $ 33.3     $     $ 33.3  
Derivatives liabilities
  $     $ 84.7     $     $ 84.7  

19


Table of Contents

The following table presents the fair value and the hierarchy levels for assets and liabilities that were measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis during 2010 (millions of dollars):
                                         
    Carrying Value                           Total Gains
    April 3,                           (Losses)
    2010   Level 1   Level 2   Level 3   Year to Date
Long-lived assets held and used
  $ 0.2     $     $     $ 0.2     $ (2.2 )
In accordance with the provisions of ASC 820, long-lived assets with a carrying amount of $2.4 million were written down to an expected fair value of $0.2 million during the three months ended April 3, 2010. This was a result of restructuring related asset impairments more fully described in Note O, Restructuring. Fair value for these impaired production assets was based on the present value of discounted cash flows. This included an estimate for future cash flows as production activities are phased out as well as auction values (prices for similar assets) for assets where use has been discontinued or future cash flows are minimal.
A summary of the Company’s financial instruments carrying and fair values at April 3, 2010 and January 2, 2010 follows. Refer to Note I, Derivative Financial Instruments for more details regarding derivative financial instruments, and Note H, Long-Term Debt and Financing Arrangements for more information regarding carrying values of the Long-term debt shown below.
                                 
    2010   2009
    Carrying   Fair   Carrying   Fair
(millions of dollars)   Value   Value   Value   Value
Assets:
                               
Money market funds
  $ 265.1     $ 265.1     $ 210.8     $ 210.8  
Investments
  $ 60.3     $ 60.3     $     $  
Derivative assets
  $ 171.5     $ 171.5     $ 33.3     $ 33.3  
Liabilities:
                               
Derivative liabilities
  $ 213.0     $ 213.0     $ 84.7     $ 84.7  
Long-term debt, including current portion
  $ 2,750.9     $ 2,781.2     $ 1,292.7     $ 1,282.3  
The fair value of money market funds and investments are based on quoted market prices for identical or similar assets. The fair values of derivative assets and liabilities are based on current settlement values for identical or similar assets and liabilities. The fair value of Long-term debt is based on recent third party market transactions (ie: trades of the Company’s debt) and other observable market inputs.
As discussed in Note D, Accounts and Notes Receivable, the Company has a deferred purchase price receivable related to sales of trade receivables balances. The deferred purchase price receivable will be repaid in cash as receivables are collected, generally within 30 days, and as such the carrying value of the receivable approximates fair value.
N. Other Costs and Expenses
Other, net is primarily comprised of intangible asset amortization expense, gains and losses on asset dispositions, foreign currency gains and losses, environmental expense and acquisition-related expenses. In 2010, $32.1 million was recorded to Other, net for certain investment banking fees and other transaction-related advisory consulting fees that related primarily to the Merger.
O. Restructuring
At April 3, 2010, the Company’s restructuring reserve balance was $120.4 million. A summary of the restructuring reserve activity from January 2, 2010 to April 3, 2010 is as follows (in millions):
                                                 
                    Net                    
    1/2/10     Acquisitions     Additions     Usage     Currency     4/3/10  
2010 Actions
                                               
Severance and related costs
  $     $     $ 94.6     $ (16.1 )   $     $ 78.5  
Asset impairments
                2.2       (2.2 )            
Subtotal 2010 actions
                96.8       (18.3 )           78.5  
 
                                   
Pre-2010 Actions
                                               
Severance and related costs
    44.3       9.9             (12.0 )     (2.0 )     40.2  
Asset impairments
                    (0.2 )     0.2              
Facility closure
    1.9             0.8       (1.1 )           1.6  
Other
    0.2                   (0.1 )           0.1  
 
                                   
Subtotal Pre-2010 actions
    46.4       9.9       0.6       (13.0 )     (2.0 )     41.9  
 
                                         
Total
  $ 46.4     $ 9.9     $ 97.4     $ (31.3 )   $ (2.0 )   $ 120.4  
 
                                   

20


Table of Contents

2010 Actions: In the first quarter of 2010, the Company recognized $90.2 million of restructuring charges associated with the Merger, primarily related to severance of employees. In addition, the Company continued to initiate cost reduction actions resulting in severance and related charges of $4.4 million associated with the reduction of approximately 70 employees, and impairment charges of $2.2 million on production assets. Of the $96.8 million recognized for these actions, $18.3 million has been utilized to date, with $78.5 million of reserves remaining as of April 3, 2010, the majority of which is expected to be utilized in 2010. Usage includes $15.0 million which is non-cash as it relates to a defined benefit plan for severed Black & Decker executives which is classified in Post-Retirement Benefits on the Consolidated Balance Sheet as of April 3, 2010. Of the charges recognized in 2010, $55.4 million pertains to the CDIY segment; $6.6 million pertains to the Security segment; $0.5 million pertains to the Industrial segment; and $34.3 million pertains to non-operating entities.
Pre-2010 Actions: During 2009, the Company initiated cost reduction actions in response to sales volume declines associated with the economic recession. Severance charges of $42.4 million were recorded relating to the reduction of approximately 1,500 employees. In addition, $4.0 million in charges were recognized for asset impairments related to closing several small distribution centers, consolidating production facilities, and exiting certain businesses. Facility closure costs totaled $1.8 million. Also, $0.4 million in other charges resulted from the termination of service contracts. Of the $48.6 million recognized for these actions, $15.5 million, $9.7 million, $21.4 million, and $2.0 million pertained to the CDIY, Security, Industrial segments, and non-operating entities, respectively.
During 2008, the Company initiated $85.5 million of cost reduction actions, in various businesses, comprised of $70.0 million related to severance for 2,700 employees, $13.6 million of impairments on production assets and real estate, $0.7 million in facility closure costs and $1.2 million in charges stemming from the termination of service contracts.
As of January 2, 2010, the reserve balance related to these prior actions totaled $46.4 million. As a result of the Merger and the acquisition of ADT France, the Company has assumed $9.9 million of restructuring reserves recorded by those companies prior to the Merger. Utilization of the reserve balance related to Pre-2010 actions, including usage of those reserves acquired in purchase accounting, was $13.0 million in 2010. The remaining reserve balance of $41.9 million is expected to be utilized predominantly in 2010.
P. Income Taxes
The reconciliation of the U.S. federal statutory income tax to the income taxes on continuing operations for the quarter ended April 3, 2010 and April 4, 2009 is as follows:
                 
(Millions of Dollars)   2010     2009  
Tax at statutory rate
    ($37.4 )   $ 18.4  
State income taxes, net of federal benefits
    1.6       0.8  
Difference between foreign and federal income tax
    (19.8 )     (5.3 )
Tax accrual reserve
    3.3       0.7  
Operating loss with no tax benefit
    4.4        
Dividends
    5.1        
Merger-related step-up amortization
    2.5        
Merger-related — restructuring
    37.9        
Other, net
    3.9       (0.9 )
 
           
Income taxes on continuing operations
  $ 1.5     $ 13.7  
 
           
The first quarter 2010 income tax expense of $1.5 million resulted in an effective tax rate of (1.4%). The effective tax rate differs from the statutory rate primarily due to various non-deductible transactions and other restructuring associated with the Merger. In particular, various merger-related payments made were not eligible for tax benefit under IRC Section 280G. Also, other merger-related compensation was not eligible for tax benefit due to IRC Section 162(m) limits. Non-deductible transaction costs and other restructuring items also contributed to the tax position for the first quarter.

21


Table of Contents

Refer to Note F, Merger and Acquisitions for further discussion of tax related items arising from the Merger.
Q. Business Segments
The Company classifies its business into three reportable segments: Construction & Do It Yourself (“CDIY”), Security, and Industrial.
The CDIY segment manufactures and markets hand tools, corded and cordless electric power tools and equipment, lawn and garden products, consumer portable power products, home products, accessories and attachments for power tools, plumbing products, consumer mechanics tools, storage systems, and pneumatic tools and fasteners. These products are sold to professional end users, distributors, and consumers, and are distributed through retailers (including home centers, mass merchants, hardware stores, and retail lumber yards).
The Security segment provides access and security solutions primarily for retailers, educational, financial and healthcare institutions, as well as commercial, governmental and industrial customers. The Company provides an extensive suite of mechanical and electronic security products and systems, and a variety of security services. These include security integration systems, software, related installation, maintenance, monitoring services, automatic doors, door closers, electronic keyless entry systems, exit devices, healthcare storage and supply chain solutions, patient protection products, hardware (including door and cabinet hinges, door stops, kick plates, house numbers, gate hardware, cabinet pulls, hooks, braces and shelf brackets), locking mechanisms, electronic keyless entry systems, keying systems, tubular and mortise door locksets. Security products are sold primarily on a direct sales basis, and in certain instances, through third party distributors.
The Industrial segment manufactures and markets professional industrial and automotive mechanics tools and storage systems, metal and plastic fasteners and engineered fastening systems, hydraulic tools and accessories, plumbing, heating and air conditioning tools, assembly tools and systems; and specialty tools. These products are sold to industrial customers including automotive, transportation, electronics, aerospace, machine tool and appliance industries and distributed primarily through third party distributors as well as direct sales forces.
As discussed in Note F, Merger and Acquisitions, the Company merged with Black & Decker at the close of business on March 12, 2010. The Black & Decker businesses were assessed and integrated into the Company’s existing reportable segments. The legacy Black & Decker segments, Power Tools and Accessories, Hardware & Home Improvement (“HHI”) and Fastening and Assembly Systems, were integrated into the Company’s CDIY, Security and Industrial segments, respectively, with the PricePfister plumbing products business which was formerly part of HHI included in the CDIY segment. The results of Black & Decker’s operations are presented within each of these segments and reflect activity since the merger date.
                 
    2010     2009  
NET SALES
               
CDIY
  $ 561.4     $ 303.3  
Security
    413.9       373.7  
Industrial
    286.7       236.0  
 
           
Total
  $ 1,262.0     $ 913.0  
 
           
SEGMENT PROFIT
               
CDIY
  $ 51.5     $ 28.8  
Security
    64.1       70.6  
Industrial
    33.3       24.5  
 
           
Segment Profit
    148.9       123.9  
Corporate Overhead
    (75.5 )     (15.5 )
Other, net
    (64.9 )     (30.3 )
Restructuring charges and asset impairments
    (97.4 )     (9.1 )
Interest income
    1.2       0.7  
Interest expense
    (19.3 )     (17.0 )
 
           
(Loss) earnings from continuing operations before income taxes
  $ (107.0 )   $ 52.7  
 
           
The Company recorded $41.6 million in cost of sales in the first quarter of 2010 associated with the inventory step-up amortization in the first quarter of 2010 stemming from the partial turn of the Black & Decker acquired inventory which was recorded in purchase accounting at its fair value. The non-cash inventory step-up amortization reduced 2010 segment profit by $31.9 million in CDIY, $5.3 million in Security and $4.4 million in Industrial.

22


Table of Contents

Corporate overhead in the first quarter of 2010 includes $49.0 million of charges pertaining primarily to certain merger-related executive compensation and Black & Decker integration costs.
The following table is a summary of total assets by segment for the periods ended April 3, 2010 and January 2, 2010:
                 
    2010     2009  
SEGMENT ASSETS
               
CDIY
  $ 4,354.2     $ 819.5  
Security
    3,080.7       2,430.9  
Industrial
    1,840.7       1,069.1  
 
           
 
    9,275.6       4,319.5  
Corporate assets
    5,359.1       449.6  
 
           
Consolidated
  $ 14,634.7     $ 4,769.1  
 
           
Corporate assets and unallocated assets are primarily cash and deferred income taxes. In 2010, that amount also includes $3.486 billion of goodwill resulting from the Merger (See Note F Merger and Acquisitions for additional information). The allocation of goodwill among segments has not yet been completed but will be completed within the measurement period.
R. Commitments and Contingencies
The Company is involved in various legal proceedings relating to environmental issues, employment, product liability and workers’ compensation claims and other matters. The Company periodically reviews the status of these proceedings with legal counsel, as well as an actuary for risk insurance. Management believes that the ultimate disposition of these matters will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s operations or financial condition taken as a whole.
In connection with the Merger, the Company assumed certain commitments and contingent liabilities. Black & Decker was involved in lawsuits in the ordinary course of business, which primarily involve claims for damages arising out of the use of Black & Decker’s products and allegations of patent and trademark infringement. Black & Decker also was involved in litigation and administrative proceedings involving employment matters, commercial disputes and income tax matters. Some of these lawsuits include claims for punitive as well as compensatory damages. Additionally, Black & Decker was party to litigation and administrative proceedings with respect to claims involving the discharge of hazardous substances into the environment. Some of these assert claims for damages and liability for remedial investigations and clean-up costs with respect to sites that have never been owned or operated by Black & Decker but at which Black & Decker has been identified as a potentially responsible party. Other matters involve current and former manufacturing facilities. The Company is currently assessing the fair value of those acquired environmental and risk insurance liabilities and as such the amounts reflected in the Consolidated Balance Sheet with respect to purchase accounting is preliminary.
The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) and the Santa Ana Regional Water Quality Control Board have each initiated administrative proceedings against Black & Decker and certain of its current or former affiliates alleging that Black & Decker and numerous other defendants are responsible to investigate and remediate alleged groundwater contamination in and adjacent to a 160-acre property located in Rialto, California. The cities of Colton and Rialto, as well as Goodrich Corporation, also initiated lawsuits against Black & Decker and certain of its former or current affiliates in the Federal District Court for California, Central District alleging similar claims that Black & Decker is liable under the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980 (CERCLA), the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, and state law for the discharge or release of hazardous substances into the environment and the contamination caused by those alleged releases. The City of Colton also has a companion case in California State court, which is currently stayed for all purposes. Certain defendants in that case have cross-claims against other defendants and have asserted claims against the State of California. The administrative proceedings and the lawsuits generally allege that West Coast Loading Corporation (WCLC), a defunct company that operated in Rialto between 1952 and 1957, and an as yet undefined number of other defendants are responsible for the release of per chlorate and solvents into the groundwater basin, and that Black & Decker and certain of its current or former affiliates are liable as a “successor” of WCLC. The Company believes that neither the facts nor the law support an allegation that Black & Decker is responsible for the contamination and is vigorously contesting these claims.
The EPA has provided an affiliate of Black & Decker a “Notice of Potential Liability” related to environmental contamination found at the Centredale Manor Restoration Project Superfund site, located in North Providence, Rhode Island. The EPA has discovered dioxin, polychlorinated biphenyls, and pesticide contamination at this site. The EPA alleged that an affiliate of Black & Decker is liable for site cleanup costs under CERCLA as a successor to the liability of Metro-Atlantic, Inc., a former operator at the site, and demanded reimbursement of the EPA’s costs related to this site. The EPA, which considers Black & Decker to be the primary potentially responsible party (PRP) at the site, is expected to release a draft Feasibility Study Report, which will identify and evaluate remedial alternatives for the site, in 2010.

23


Table of Contents

The estimated remediation costs related to this site (including the EPA’s past costs as well as costs of additional investigation, remediation, and related costs, less escrowed funds contributed by PRPs who have reached settlement agreements with the EPA), which the Company considers to be probable and can be reasonably estimable, range from approximately $50.5 million to approximately $100 million, with no amount within that range representing a more likely outcome. The Company’s reserve for this environmental remediation matter of $50.5 million reflects the probability that the Company will be identified as the principal financially viable PRP upon issuance of the EPA draft Feasibility Study Report. The Company has not yet determined the extent to which it will contest the EPA’s claims with respect to this site. Further, to the extent that the Company agrees to perform or finance remedial activities at this site, it will seek participation or contribution from additional PRPs and insurance carriers. As the specific nature of the environmental remediation activities that may be mandated by the EPA at this site have not yet been determined, the ultimate remedial costs associated with the site may vary from the amount accrued by the Company at April 3, 2010.
The Company’s policy is to accrue environmental investigatory and remediation costs for identified sites when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated. As of April 3, 2010 and January 2, 2010, the Company had reserves of $131.3 million and $29.7 million, respectively, primarily for remediation activities associated with Company-owned properties as well as for Superfund sites. The range of environmental remediation costs that is reasonably possible is $115 million to $215 million which is subject to change in the near term.
S. Guarantees
The Company’s financial guarantees at April 3, 2010 are as follows (in millions):
                         
            Maximum     Liability  
            Potential     Carrying  
    Term     Payment     Amount  
Guarantees on the residual values of leased properties
  1 - 5 years   $ 41.4     $  
Standby letters of credit
  Up to 3 years     45.2        
Commercial customer financing arrangements
  Up to 6 years     17.7       14.0  
Guarantee on the residual value of aircraft
  Less than 9 years     24.2        
 
                   
 
          $ 128.5     $ 14.0  
 
                   
The Company has guaranteed a portion of the residual value arising from its synthetic lease and U.S. master personal property lease programs. The lease guarantees aggregate $41.4 million while the fair value of the underlying assets is estimated at $48.3 million. The related assets would be available to satisfy the guarantee obligations and therefore it is unlikely the Company will incur any future loss associated with these lease guarantees.
The Company has issued $45.2 million in standby letters of credit that guarantee future payments which may be required under certain insurance programs.
The Company provides various limited and full recourse guarantees to financial institutions that provide financing to U.S. and Canadian Mac Tool distributors for their initial purchase of the inventory and trucks necessary to function as a distributor. In addition, the Company provides limited and full recourse guarantees to financial institutions that extend credit to certain end retail customers of its U.S. Mac Tool distributors. The gross amount guaranteed in these arrangements is $17.7 million and the $14.0 million carrying value of the guarantees issued is recorded in debt and other liabilities as appropriate in the consolidated balance sheet.
The Company leases an aircraft under an operating lease that includes a $24.2 million residual value guarantee. The fair value of that aircraft is estimated at $39.5 million.
The Company provides product and service warranties which vary across its businesses. The types of warranties offered generally range from one year to limited lifetime, while certain products carry no warranty. Further, the Company at times incurs discretionary costs to service its products in connection with product performance issues. Historical warranty and service claim experience forms the basis for warranty obligations recognized. Adjustments are recorded to the warranty liability as new information becomes available.
The changes in the carrying amount of product and service warranties for the three months ended April 3, 2010 and April 4, 2009 are as follows (in millions):

24


Table of Contents

                 
    2010     2009  
Balance beginning of period
  $ 67.4     $ 65.6  
Warranties and guarantees issued
    9.1       4.9  
Liability assumed in the Merger
    51.5        
Warranty payments
    (11.0 )     (5.7 )
Currency and other
    (1.9 )     (0.7 )
 
           
Balance end of period
  $ 115.1     $ 64.1  
 
           
The purchase accounting fair value assessment for the assumed Black & Decker warranty reserve is preliminary.
T. Discontinued Operations
The net loss from discontinued operations totaling $0.6 million in the first quarter of 2009 primarily related to the wind-down of one small divestiture and purchase price adjustments for CST/berger and other small businesses divested in 2008. There were no discontinued operations in the first quarter of 2010.
U. Parent and Subsidiary Debt Guarantees
The following information is presented in accordance with Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X. In connection with the Merger, on March 12, 2010, Stanley Black & Decker, Inc. (“Stanley”) and The Black & Decker Corporation (“Black & Decker”) entered into supplemental indentures providing for (i) senior unsubordinated guarantees by Black & Decker of Stanley’s existing notes (the “Black & Decker Guarantees”) and (ii) senior unsubordinated guarantees by Stanley of Black & Decker’s existing notes (the “Stanley Guarantees,” together with the Black & Decker Guarantees, the “Guarantees”). The Guarantees are fully described in Stanley’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 12, 2010. The Black & Decker Guarantees do not cover Stanley’s $312.7 million of subordinated notes due in 2045. Additionally, on April 29, 2010 the Black & Decker Guarantee of the $320.0 million of Stanley’s convertible notes due May, 2012 was released. The Stanley Guarantees are unsecured obligations of Stanley ranking equal in right of payment with all of its existing and future unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness.
The following tables present the condensed consolidating balance sheets as of January 2, 2010 and April 3, 2010; and the condensed consolidating statements of earnings and cash flows for the three months ended April 4, 2009 and April 3, 2010. The first quarter condensed consolidated financial statements include the results of Black & Decker from the Merger date. The 2009 comparative condensed consolidating financial statements reflect only the historical Stanley business.

25


Table of Contents

Stanley Black & Decker, Inc.
Condensed Consolidating Statement of Operations
(Unaudited, Millions of Dollars)
Three Months Ended April 3, 2010
                                         
    Parent     The Black &                    
    Stanley Black &     Decker     Non-Guarantor              
    Decker, Inc.     Corporation     Subsidiaries     Eliminations     Consolidated  
NET SALES
  $ 360.5     $     $ 939.9     $ (38.4 )   $ 1,262.0  
COSTS AND EXPENSES
                                       
Cost of sales
    240.2             594.2       (28.3 )     806.1  
Selling, general and administrative
    152.3       9.4       230.9       (10.1 )     382.5  
Other, net
    30.5       (14.4 )     45.3       3.5       64.9  
Restructuring charges and asset impairments
    0.2       87.5       9.7             97.4  
Interest expense, net
    13.0       2.8       0.2       2.1       18.1  
 
                             
 
    436.2       85.3       880.3       (32.8 )     1,369.0  
 
                             
 
                                       
(Loss) earnings from continuing operations before income taxes and equity in earnings of subsidiaries
    (75.7 )     (85.3 )     59.6       (5.6 )     (107.0 )
Income taxes (benefit) on continuing operations before equity in earnings of subsidiaries
    (16.2 )     (10.0 )     27.7             1.5  
Equity in earnings of subsidiaries
    (49.0 )     (18.3 )           67.3        
 
                             
 
                                       
(Loss) earnings from continuing operations
    (108.5 )     (93.6 )     31.9       61.7       (108.5 )
 
                             
Less: Net earnings attributable to non-controlling interests
                0.1             0.1  
 
                             
NET (LOSS) EARNINGS ATTRIBUTABLE TO STANLEY BLACK & DECKER, INC.
    (108.5 )     (93.6 )     31.8       61.7       (108.6 )
 
                             

26


Table of Contents

Stanley Black & Decker, Inc.
Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheet
(Unaudited, Millions of Dollars)
April 3, 2010
                                         
    Parent     The Black &     Non-              
    Stanley Black &     Decker     Guarantor              
    Decker, Inc.     Corporation     Subsidiaries     Eliminations     Consolidated  
ASSETS
                                       
Current Assets
                                       
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 31.6     $ 1.8     $ 1,472.0     $     $ 1,505.4  
Accounts and notes receivable, net
    165.9             1,391.5             1,557.4  
Inventories, net
    120.2             1,277.4             1,397.6  
Other current assets
    34.0       142.0       347.5             523.5  
 
                             
Total Current Assets
    351.7       143.8       4,488.4             4,983.9  
 
                                       
Property, Plant and Equipment, net
    187.4       5.3       837.4             1,030.1  
Goodwill
    171.8             5,110.9             5,282.7  
Other Intangible Assets, net
    14.5             2,892.9             2,907.4  
Investment in Subsidiary
    17,245.9       10,429.5             (27,675.4 )      
Intercompany Receivables
    329.6       4,839.4       18,386.4       (23,555.4 )      
Other Assets
    33.3       27.1       370.2             430.6  
 
                             
Total Assets
  $ 18,334.2     $ 15,445.1     $ 32,086.2     $ (51,230.8 )   $ 14,634.7  
 
                             
 
                                       
LIABILITIES AND SHAREOWNERS’ EQUITY
                                       
Current Liabilities
                                       
Short-term borrowings
  $ 522.0     $ 175.0     $ 4.3     $     $ 701.3  
Current maturities on long-term debt
    4.3             3.2             7.5  
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
    237.6       205.8       2,006.7             2,450.1  
 
                             
Total Current Liabilities
    763.9       380.8       2,014.2             3,158.9  
 
                                       
Intercompany Payables
    9,772.4       8,889.3       4,893.7       (23,555.4 )      
Long-Term Debt
    1,084.3       1,485.0       174.1             2,743.4  
Other Liabilities
    95.0       153.7       1,945.3             2,194.0  
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
    (12.6 )     (12.0 )     (93.0 )             (117.6 )
Other Shareowners’ Equity
    6,631.2       4,548.3       23,127.1       (27,675.4 )     6,631.2  
Non-controlling interests
                24.8             24.8  
 
                             
Total Equity
    6,618.6       4,536.3       23,058.9       (27,675.4 )     6,538.4  
 
                             
Total Liabilities and Shareowners’ Equity
  $ 18,334.2     $ 15,445.1     $ 32,086.2     $ (51,230.8 )   $ 14,634.7  
 
                             

27


Table of Contents

Stanley Black & Decker, Inc.
Condensed Consolidating Statements of Cash Flow
(Unaudited, Millions of Dollars)
Three Months Ended April 3, 2010
                                         
    Parent     The Black &                    
    Stanley Black &     Decker     Non-Guarantor              
    Decker, Inc.     Corporation     Subsidiaries     Eliminations     Consolidated  
Cash (used in) provided by operating activities
    (159.8 )     (30.7 )     157.8           (32.7 )
 
                                       
Investing Activities
                                       
Capital expenditures and capitalized software
    (6.2 )           (15.9 )           (22.1 )
Business acquisitions and asset disposals
    0.2             (7.4 )           (7.2 )
Cash acquired from Black & Decker
          1.8       947.6             949.4  
Intercompany payables and receivables
    (14.3 )     (132.4 )           146.7        
Other investing activities
    (16.1 )     30.0                   13.9  
 
                             
Cash (used in) provided by investing activities
    (36.4 )     (100.6 )     924.3       146.7       934.0  
 
                                       
Financing Activities
                                       
Payments on long-term debt
    (200.0 )           (0.8 )           (200.8 )
Stock purchase contract fees
    (3.8 )                       (3.8 )
Net short-term borrowings
    435.1             0.8             435.9  
Cash dividends on common stock
    (26.6 )     (7.7 )                 (34.3 )
Purchase of common stock from treasury
    (0.1 )                       (0.1 )
Proceeds from the issuance of common stock
    14.0                         14.0  
Intercompany payables and receivables
          140.8       5.9       (146.7 )      
 
                             
Cash provided by (used in) financing activities
    218.6       133.1       5.9       (146.7 )     210.9  
 
                                       
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash
                (7.5 )           (7.5 )
 
                             
Change in cash and cash equivalents
    22.4       1.8       1,080.5             1,104.7  
 
                             
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period
    9.2             391.5             400.7  
 
                             
Cash and Cash Equivalents, End of Period
    31.6       1.8       1,472.0             1,505.4  
 
                             

28


Table of Contents

Stanley Black & Decker, Inc.
Condensed Consolidating Statement of Operations
(Unaudited, Millions of Dollars)
Three Months Ended April 4, 2009
                                 
    Parent                    
    Stanley Black &     Non-Guarantor              
    Decker, Inc.     Subsidiaries     Eliminations     Consolidated  
NET SALES
  $ 362.7     $ 583.1     $ (32.8 )   $ 913.0  
COSTS AND EXPENSES
                               
Cost of sales
    241.8       335.4       (25.3 )     551.9  
Selling, general and administrative
    109.0       156.4       (12.7 )     252.7  
Other, net
    8.5       23.5       (1.7 )     30.3  
Restructuring charges and asset impairments
    4.4       4.7             9.1  
Interest expense, net
    15.0       (0.8 )     2.1       16.3  
 
                       
 
    378.7       519.2       (37.6 )     860.3  
 
                       
 
                               
(Loss) earnings from continuing operations before income taxes and equity in earnings of subsidiaries
    (16.0 )     63.9       4.8       52.7  
Income taxes (benefit) on continuing operations before equity in earnings of subsidiaries
    (6.1 )     19.8             13.7  
Equity in earnings of subsidiaries
    44.1             (44.1 )      
 
                       
(Loss) earnings from continuing operations
    34.2       44.1       (39.3 )     39.0  
 
                               
Less: Net earnings attributable to non-controlling interests
          0.7             0.7  
 
                       
NET (LOSS) EARNINGS FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS
    34.2       43.4       (39.3 )     38.3  
 
                       
NET LOSS FROM DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS
    (0.6 )                 (0.6 )
 
                       
NET (LOSS) EARNINGS ATTRIBUTABLE TO STANLEY BLACK & DECKER, INC.
    33.6       43.4       (39.3 )     37.7  
 
                       

29


Table of Contents

Stanley Black & Decker, Inc.
Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheet
(Unaudited, Millions of Dollars)
January 2, 2010
                                 
    Parent                    
    Stanley Black &     Non-Guarantor              
    Decker, Inc.     Subsidiaries     Eliminations     Consolidated  
ASSETS
                               
Current Assets
                               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 9.2     $ 391.5     $     $ 400.7  
Accounts and notes receivable, net
    150.2       381.8             532.0  
Inventories, net
    111.6       254.6             366.2  
Other current assets
    12.4       100.6             113.0  
 
                       
Total Current Assets
    283.4       1,128.5             1,411.9  
 
                               
Property, Plant and Equipment, net
    197.7       378.2             575.9  
Goodwill
    171.7       1,646.7             1,818.4  
Other Intangible Assets, net
    15.4       761.0             776.4  
Investment in Subsidiary
    12,776.9             (12,776.9 )      
Intercompany Receivable
    346.6       10,075.3       (10,421.9 )      
Other Assets
    35.7       150.8             186.5  
 
                       
Total Assets
  $ 13,827.4     $ 14,140.5     $ (23,198.8 )   $ 4,769.1  
 
                       
 
                               
LIABILITIES AND SHAREOWNERS’ EQUITY
                               
Current Liabilities
                               
Short-term borrowings
  $ 87.0     $ 3.4     $     $ 90.4  
Current maturities on long-term debt
    204.5       3.5             208.0  
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
    241.2       652.4             893.6  
 
                       
Total Current Liabilities
    532.7       659.3             1,192.0  
 
                               
Intercompany Payables
    10,075.3       346.6       (10,421.9 )      
Long-Term Debt
    1,079.1       5.6             1,084.7  
Other Liabilities
    100.9       380.0             480.9  
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
    (23.2 )     (53.3 )             (76.5 )
 
                               
Other Shareowners’ Equity
    2,062.6       12,776.9       (12,776.9 )     2,062.6  
Non-controlling interests
          25.4             25.4  
 
                       
Total Equity
    2,039.4       12,749.0       (12,776.9 )     2,011.5  
 
                       
Total Liabilities and Shareowners’ Equity
  $ 13,827.4     $ 14,140.5     $ (23,198.8 )   $ 4,769.1  
 
                       

30


Table of Contents

Stanley Black & Decker, Inc.
Condensed Consolidating Statements of Cash Flow
(Unaudited, Millions of Dollars)
Three Months Ended April 4, 2009
                                 
    Parent                    
    Stanley Black &     Non-Guarantor              
    Decker, Inc.     Subsidiaries     Eliminations     Consolidated  
Cash (used in) provided by operating activities
    (69.4 )     73.0           3.6  
 
                               
Investing Activities
                               
Capital expenditures and capitalized software
    (11.0 )     (10.7 )           (21.7 )
Business acquisitions and asset disposals
    (6.6 )     0.6             (6.0 )
Intercompany payables and receivables
    146.5           (146.5 )      
Other investing activities
          0.8             0.8  
 
                       
Cash used in investing activities
    128.9     (9.3 )     (146.5 )     (26.9 )
 
                               
Financing Activities
                               
Payments on long-term debt
    (0.3 )     (0.8 )           (1.1 )
Proceeds from long-term borrowings
          0.2             0.2  
Stock purchase contract fees
    (3.8 )                 (3.8 )
Net short-term borrowings
    (7.0 )     (0.4 )           (7.4 )
Cash dividends on common stock
    (25.3 )                 (25.3 )
Purchase of common stock from treasury
    (0.6 )                 (0.6 )
Option premium
    (16.4 )                   (16.4 )
Intercompany payables and receivables
          (146.5 )     146.5      
 
                       
Cash used in financing activities
    (53.4 )     (147.5 )     146.5     (54.4 )
 
                               
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash
          (5.9 )           (5.9 )
 
                       
Change in cash and cash equivalents
    6.1       (89.7 )           (83.6 )
 
                       
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period
    16.5       195.1             211.6  
 
                       
Cash and Cash Equivalents, End of Period
    22.6       105.4             128.0  
 
                       

31


Table of Contents

ITEM 2. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following discussion contains statements reflecting the Company’s views about its future performance that constitute “forward-looking statements” under the Private Securities Litigation Act of 1995. There are a number of important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those indicated by such forward-looking statements. Please read the information under the caption entitled “Cautionary Statement Under The Private Securities Litigation Reform Act Of 1995.”
Throughout this Management’s Discussion and Analysis (“MD&A”), references to Notes refer to the notes to the financial statements in Part 1 Item 1 of this Form 10-Q, unless otherwise indicated.
OVERVIEW
March 2010 Black & Decker Merger
As discussed in Note A, on March 12, 2010, The Stanley Works completed the Merger with Black & Decker. In connection with the Merger, The Stanley Works changed its name to Stanley Black & Decker, Inc. Throughout this MD&A references to the “Company” refer to Stanley Black & Decker, Inc., formerly known as The Stanley Works. The Company’s first quarter 2010 financial statements are inclusive of Black & Decker operations from March 13, 2010 through April 3, 2010 (the “stub period”).
As detailed in Item 1 Note F, Merger and Acquisitions, Black & Decker stockholders received 1.275 shares of Stanley stock for each share outstanding as of the merger date and outstanding equity awards (primarily stock options) were similarly exchanged for Stanley equity awards. After the exchange was completed, pre-merger Stanley shareowners retained ownership of 50.5% of the newly combined company. Based on the $57.86 closing Stanley common stock price on March 12, 2010, the aggregate fair value of the consideration transferred to consummate the Merger was $4.656 billion.
Management believes the Merger is a transformative event bringing together two highly complimentary companies, with iconic brands and rich histories, yet with virtually no overlap. The Merger enables a global offering in both hand and power tools, among other product offerings. Management believes the value unlocked by the anticipated $350 million of annual cost synergies, expected to be achieved within three years, will help fuel future growth and cement global cost leadership. The cost synergy drivers are: business unit and regional consolidation (management, sales force and shared services integration); corporate overhead; purchasing (materials and freight); and manufacturing and distribution facility consolidation. It is expected approximately $90 million of the cost synergies will be realized in 2010, primarily within SG&A. Management estimates there will be $400 million in total costs, incurred over a period of three years, to achieve the synergies.
Segments
The Company classifies its business into three reportable segments: Construction & Do It Yourself (“CDIY”), Security, and Industrial.
The CDIY segment manufactures and markets hand tools, corded and cordless electric power tools and equipment, lawn and garden products, consumer portable power products, home products, accessories and attachments for power tools, plumbing products, consumer mechanics tools, storage systems, and pneumatic tools and fasteners. These products are sold to professional end users, distributors, and consumers, and are distributed through retailers (including home centers, mass merchants, hardware stores, and retail lumber yards).
The Security segment provides access and security solutions primarily for retailers, educational, financial and healthcare institutions, as well as commercial, governmental and industrial customers. The Company provides an extensive suite of mechanical and electronic security products and systems, and a variety of security services. These include security integration systems, software, related installation, maintenance, monitoring services, automatic doors, door closers, electronic keyless entry systems, exit devices, healthcare storage and supply chain solutions, patient protection products, hardware (including door and cabinet hinges, door stops, kick plates, house numbers, gate hardware, cabinet pulls, hooks, braces and shelf brackets), locking mechanisms, electronic keyless entry systems, keying systems, tubular and mortise door locksets. Security products are sold primarily on a direct sales basis, and in certain instances, through third party distributors.

32


Table of Contents

The Industrial segment manufactures and markets professional industrial and automotive mechanics tools and storage systems, metal and plastic fasteners and engineered fastening systems, hydraulic tools and accessories, plumbing, heating and air conditioning tools, assembly tools and systems, and specialty tools. These products are sold to industrial customers including automotive, transportation, electronics, aerospace, machine tool and appliance industries and distributed primarily through third party distributors as well as direct sales forces.
As discussed in Note F, Merger and Acquisitions, the Company completed its transaction with Black & Decker at the close of business on March 12, 2010. The Black & Decker businesses were assessed and integrated into the Company’s existing reportable segments. The legacy Black & Decker segments: Power Tools and Accessories, Hardware & Home Improvement (“HHI”) and Fastening and Assembly Systems, were integrated into the Company’s CDIY, Security and Industrial segments, respectively, with the PricePfister plumbing products business which was formerly part of HHI included in the CDIY segment. The results of Black & Decker’s operations are presented within each of these segments and reflect activity since the merger date.
Strategy
Beginning with the first significant security acquisitions in 2002, Stanley has pursued a diversification strategy to enable profitable growth. The strategy involves industry, geographic and customer diversification, as exemplified by the expansion of the security solution product offerings, the growing proportion of sales outside the U.S., and the reduction of the Company’s dependence on sales to U.S. home centers and mass merchants. In addition, the Company has indicated a desire to be a consolidator of the tool industry, and to increase its relative weighting in emerging markets, objectives which are both well met by the Merger. Sales outside the U.S. represented 47% of the total in the first quarter of 2010, up from 29% in 2002. Legacy Stanley sales to U.S. home centers and mass merchants declined from a high of approximately 40% in 2002 to 15% in 2009. On a pro-forma combined basis, Stanley and Black & Decker 2009 sales to U.S. home centers and mass merchants were approximately 31%, including 12% in sales to the combined Company’s largest customer, consistent with the level of concentration that legacy Stanley had in 2006. As acquisitions in the various growth platforms are made in future years, the proportion of sales to these valued U.S. home center and mass merchant customers is expected to decrease. Execution of this strategy has entailed $2.8 billion of acquisitions since 2002 (aside from the Merger), several divestitures and increased brand investments, enabled by strong cash flow generation and proceeds from divestitures. Refer to the “Business Overview” section of Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations in The Stanley Works Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 2, 2010 for additional strategic discussion.
Acquisition of ADT France
The Company acquired ADT France from Tyco International, Ltd. on March 9, 2010 for $8 million (6 million euros), subject to certain adjustments. ADT France had approximately $175 million in 2009 sales (132 million euros). The acquisition is an indication of the Company’s continuing strategic intent to expand the security segment internationally and is highly complementary to the Company’s existing French security platform, Générale de Protection, acquired in 2008. The ADT acquisition is expected to be modestly dilutive to earnings in 2010 as the majority of the integration benefits will not occur until early 2011.
Merger-Related Charges Impacting First Quarter 2010 Earnings
The Company reported $213 million in pre-tax charges in the first quarter pertaining primarily to the Merger (the “merger-related charges”) which were comprised of the following:
    $42 million of inventory step-up amortization recorded in Cost of sales stemming from the initial turn of the Black & Decker acquired inventory which was written-up in purchase accounting to its fair value;
 
    $49 million in Selling, general & administrative (“SG&A”) for certain executive compensation and integration-related consulting fees;
 
    $32 million in Other-net for investment banking and other deal transaction costs; and
 
    $90 million in Restructuring primarily for severance and including such costs triggered by the change in control for certain Black & Decker executives
The tax effect on the above charges, some of which were not tax deductible, was $34 million, such that the charges reduced net earnings by $179 million, or $1.80 per diluted share.

33


Table of Contents

2010 Outlook
This outlook discussion is intended to provide broad insight into the Company’s near-term earnings prospects, and does not purport to describe all of the various factors affecting such projections. Management has updated the 2010 earnings guidance to reflect the Merger and expects full year 2010 diluted (loss) earnings per share (“EPS”) to be in the range of $(0.41) to $0.05. Excluding the effects of merger-related charges, 2010 EPS is expected to be $3.10 to $3.30. This estimate contemplates many factors including, but not limited to, the following items associated with the first quarter Black & Decker merger and ADT acquisition transactions:
    Approximately $170 million of non-cash inventory step-up amortization to be recorded in Cost of sales stemming from the initial turn of the Black & Decker acquired inventory.
 
    Approximately $100 million in costs comprised of: $60 million classified in SG&A for certain executive compensation and integration-related consulting fees; and $40 million classified in Other, net for investment banking and other deal transaction costs.
 
    Restructuring charges amounting to $245 - $295 million
The Company expects the effective income tax rate for the full year 2010 will be unusually high and may exceed 90% due to the estimated 60% unfavorable tax rate impact from non-deductible merger-related severance and compensation. There will also be an estimated 3% unfavorable effective tax rate impact from the ADT France acquisition as it is expected to incur net operating losses without tax benefit in 2010, which will abate in 2011 following its merger with other legal entities and realization of synergies. Excluding the effects of non-deductible merger-related costs, and assuming an approximately 2.5% favorable rate impact from the expected passage of the Tax Extender Bill currently before the U.S. Congress, the effective tax rate for the full year 2010 is projected to be 26-27%.
2010 free cash flow (as defined in the Financial Condition section of this MD&A) is projected to be approximately $300 million. This estimate is premised upon modest working capital benefits and approximately $300 million of restructuring and other payments associated with the first quarter merger with Black & Decker and acquisition of ADT. Aside from the $300 million of estimated restructuring and other payments, 2010 free cash flow is expected to be approximately $600 million.
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Below is a summary of consolidated operating results for the three months ended April 3, 2010, followed by an overview of performance by each business segment. The terms “legacy Stanley”, “organic” and “core” are utilized to describe results aside from the impact of mergers and acquisitions during their initial 12 months of ownership. This ensures appropriate comparability to operating results in the prior period.
Net Sales: Net sales from continuing operations were $1.262 billion in the first quarter of 2010 as compared to $913 million in the first quarter of 2009, representing an increase of $349 million or 38%. The Merger along with the acquisition of ADT contributed a 37% increase in net sales. Favorable foreign currency translation in all regions increased sales by 4%. Organic sales volume declined 3% and customer pricing remained flat. The first quarter of 2010 reflects a stabilization of sales volume compared with the dramatic declines experienced in 2009 that were associated with the global economic recession. Compared to the first quarter of 2009, legacy Stanley unit volume sales were flat in Europe, declined mid-single digits in the Americas as big-box customers continued tight inventory controls primarily affecting CDIY, and increased 25% in the Asian region. By segment, legacy Stanley unit volume decreased 2% in CDIY, declined 6% in Security associated with weak U.S. commercial construction markets among other factors, and increased 2% in Industrial which benefited from rebounding markets along with re-stocking in certain distribution channels.
Gross Profit: Gross profit from continuing operations was $456 million, or 36.1% of net sales, in the first quarter of 2010, compared to $361 million, or 39.6% of net sales, in the prior year. The Black & Decker stub period results, along with the acquisition of ADT, generated significant gross profit despite the $42 million of inventory step-up amortization from the initial turn of Black & Decker inventory which was written-up in purchase accounting to its fair value. The legacy Stanley gross profit increased $16 million and represented a record 40.8% first quarter gross margin rate. This solid performance by the legacy Stanley business, despite a 3% organic sales volume decline, was enabled by the continued success of plant productivity initiatives associated with the Stanley Fulfillment System (“SFS”), the benefits of prior year restructuring actions and favorable foreign currency translation. These factors, along with improved Industrial sales volumes, enabled a gross margin expansion in the legacy Stanley CDIY and Industrial segments, while the Security segment gross margin rate was slightly lower than prior year.
There was a largely stable price and commodity cost environment throughout the quarter. However, the Company expects to experience significant commodity inflation for the remainder of the year based upon current market trends including steel market pricing which is up 7 - 10% compared with the fourth quarter of 2009. While potential commodity and freight inflation would decrease the Company’s profits, to the extent not offset through productivity projects or customer pricing increases, it is not expected to be nearly as significant as the approximately $140 million of such inflation experienced by legacy Stanley in 2008.

34


Table of Contents

A 5% revaluation of the Chinese Renminbi (“RMB”) is also anticipated, which will increase the cost of products the Company manufactures and sources from China. While the timing and magnitude of the potential RMB revaluation is quite uncertain, it is estimated to have an annualized $40 million unfavorable impact, approximately two-thirds of which is contemplated in the Company’s 2010 forecasts. The Company will continue to be proactive in implementing customer pricing increases to mitigate the anticipated unfavorable inflationary impacts but there is typically a time lag before such pricing actions take effect, particularly with large customers, and they likely would not fully offset the inflation. Management has considered these inflationary pressures in the guidance provided in the 2010 Outlook section of this MD&A.
SG&A expenses: SG&A from continuing operations, inclusive of the provision for doubtful accounts, was $383 million, or 30.3% of net sales, in the first quarter of 2010, compared to $253 million, or 27.7% of net sales, in the prior year. Aside from the previously discussed $49 million of merger-related charges, SG&A amounted to $334 million or 26.4% of sales, reflecting favorable operating leverage from Black & Decker. Black & Decker and the acquisition of ADT (on a basis excluding merger-related costs) contributed $70 million of incremental SG&A. The remaining $11 million increase in SG&A pertains to unfavorable foreign currency translation, brand / other growth-oriented investments, and the reinstatement of certain U.S. retirement benefits in 2010 that were suspended in 2009, partially offset by the benefits of prior year head-count reduction actions.
The corporate overhead element of SG&A, which is not allocated to the business segments, amounted to $76 million and $16 million in the first quarters of 2010 and 2009, respectively. The increase in 2010 expense pertains mainly to $49 million of executive compensation and integration consulting costs associated with the Merger. The remaining increase is primarily due to Black & Decker corporate overhead for the stub period, and to a smaller extent mark-to-market accounting on unfunded benefit plans where the liability due to participants increased from the higher Stanley common stock price and broader market appreciation relative to year end 2009.
Distribution center costs (i.e. warehousing and fulfillment facility and associated labor costs) are classified within SG&A. This classification may differ from other companies who may report such expenses within cost of sales. Due to diversity in practice, to the extent the classification of these distribution costs differs from other companies, the Company’s gross margins may not be comparable. Such distribution costs classified in SG&A amounted to $35 million in the first quarter of 2010 and $25 million in 2009, while the increase is primarily attributable to the stub period results for Black & Decker.
Other-net: Other-net expense from continuing operations amounted to $65 million in the first quarter of 2010 versus $30 million in 2009. The increase is primarily due to acquisition transaction costs, such as investment banking and legal fees, mainly for the Merger, and to a much smaller extent higher intangible asset amortization expense.
Interest, net: Net interest expense from continuing operations in the first three months of 2010 was $18 million compared to $16 million in the prior year. The $2 million increase primarily relates to the stub period interest on the $1.669 billion of debt principal assumed in the Merger.
Income Taxes: The Company’s combined effective income tax rate from continuing operations was -1.4% in the first quarter of 2010, compared with 26.0% in the prior year’s quarter for legacy Stanley. Certain executive compensation, severance and deal transaction costs pertaining to the Merger are not tax deductible. Consequently, the Company recorded $2 million of income tax expense despite a pre-tax loss inclusive of the $213 million of previously discussed merger-related charges. Additionally, there were unfavorable effective tax rate impacts from the non-passage of the Tax Extender Bill and the net operating loss of the newly acquired ADT France that provided no tax benefit.
Business Segment Results
The Company’s reportable segments are aggregations of businesses that have similar products, services and end markets, among other factors. The Company utilizes segment profit (which is defined as net sales minus cost of sales, and SG&A aside from corporate overhead expense), and segment profit as a percentage of net sales to assess the profitability of each segment. Segment profit excludes the corporate overhead expense element of SG&A, interest income, interest expense, other-net (inclusive of intangible asset amortization expense), restructuring and asset impairments, and income tax expense. Corporate overhead is comprised of world headquarters facility expense, the cost for the executive management team and the expense pertaining to certain centralized functions that benefit the entire Company but are not directly attributable to the businesses, such as legal and corporate finance functions. Refer to the Restructuring section of MD&A for the restructuring charges attributable to each segment. As discussed previously, the Company’s operations are classified into three business segments: Construction and Do-It-Yourself (“CDIY”), Security, and Industrial.

35


Table of Contents

Construction & Do-It-Yourself (“CDIY”): CDIY sales were $561 million in the first quarter of 2010, up 85% from $303 million in the prior year. The Black & Decker stub period sales generated 82 points of the increase (77 points from power tools and accessories, and 5 points from PricePfister plumbing products, aided by new product introductions.) Favorable foreign currency translation increased sales by 5%, which was partially offset by 1% of price erosion and a 2% drop in unit volumes over the prior year. Large U.S. customers continued to maintain low inventory levels with little restocking, while point of sale data reflects positive trends. Orders were modestly positive and trends improved throughout the quarter.
Segment profit was $51 million, or 9.2% of net sales, for the first quarter of 2010, compared to $29 million or 9.5% of net sales in the prior year. Excluding the $32 million of Black & Decker inventory step-up amortization, segment profit amounted to $83 million or 14.9% of net sales. This strong expansion of the segment profit rate, aside from the inventory step-up amortization associated with purchase accounting, was enabled by the accretive impact from Black & Decker, the significantly lower overhead cost structure from restructuring actions taken over the past several quarters, ongoing productivity initiatives and improved Bostitch profitability.
Security: Security sales increased 11% to $414 million during the first three months of 2010 from $374 million in the corresponding 2009 period. The Black & Decker stub period sales provided 11 points of the increase with a further 3 point contribution from the ADT France acquisition. Favorable foreign currency translation increased sales 3% over the prior year, while customer pricing remained flat. Organic unit volume declined 6%, nearly evenly between the legacy Stanley convergent security solutions and mechanical access solutions businesses. Convergent security solutions posted mid-single digit recurring monthly revenue growth from security contracts; installation volumes declined amid slow commercial construction markets and weakness in smaller commercial accounts that was partially offset by improved national account demand as capital budgets began to loosen. Legacy Stanley mechanical access solutions also demonstrated strong national customer retention, but continued to be affected by slow commercial construction and soft retrofit business. There were signs of improving sales order and volume trends toward the end of the quarter.
Security segment profit amounted to $64 million, or 15.5% of net sales, for the first quarter of 2010 as compared with $71 million, or 18.9% of net sales in the prior year. The Black & Decker inventory step-up amortization decreased segment profit by $5 million, and aside from this item the segment profit rate was 16.8% of net sales. The Black & Decker contribution to the segment profit amount was bolstered by the success of new mid-price point lock product introductions and a rebound in residential construction, and the stub period results, aside from the inventory step-up item, were modestly accretive to the segment profit rate. The segment profit was affected by unfavorable absorption issues associated with lower sales volumes, along with the timing of SG&A investments to fund growth in Asia and expand the U.S. sales force.
Industrial: Industrial sales of $287 million in the first quarter of 2010 increased 22% from $236 million in the prior year. The stub period sales from the Black & Decker Emhart fastening and assembly business contributed 16% sales growth. Favorable foreign currency translation provided a 3% sales increase, while customer pricing was up 1%. Organic unit volume increased 2% as customers partially restocked low inventory levels in many regions amid strong incoming orders. Legacy Stanley European sales volumes rebounded mid-single digits from the prior year while U.S. industrial tool sales showed significant improvement with double digit percentage volume expansion. A strengthening economy in China as well as organic growth initiatives fueled strong growth in Asia. Sales growth was partially offset by weakness in the cyclical hydraulic tools business and government spending delays that affected the industrial storage business.
Industrial segment profit was $33 million, or 11.6% of net sales, for the first quarter of 2010, compared with $25 million, or 10.4% of net sales, in 2009. The Emhart business inventory step-up amortization reduced segment profit by $4 million, and aside from this the segment profit rate was 13.2% or 280 basis points above the prior year. Approximately one third of the segment profit rate expansion was provided by Emhart. The legacy Stanley business achieved a strong profit performance as the sales growth combined with a significant reduction of the cost structure produced favorable operating leverage.
Restructuring
At April 3, 2010, the Company’s restructuring reserve balance was $120.4 million. A summary of the restructuring reserve activity from January 2, 2010 to April 3, 2010 is as follows (in millions):

36


Table of Contents

                                                 
                    Net                    
    1/2/10     Acquisitions     Additions     Usage     Currency     4/3/10  
2010 Actions
                                               
Severance and related costs
  $     $     $ 94.6     $ (16.1 )   $     $ 78.5  
Asset impairments
                2.2       (2.2 )            
Subtotal 2010 actions
                96.8       (18.3 )           78.5  
 
                                   
Pre-2010 Actions
                                               
Severance and related costs
    44.3       9.9             (12.0 )     (2.0 )     40.2  
Asset impairments
                    (0.2 )     0.2              
Facility closure
    1.9             0.8       (1.1 )           1.6  
Other
    0.2                   (0.1 )           0.1  
 
                                   
Subtotal Pre-2010 actions
    46.4       9.9       0.6       (13.0 )     (2.0 )     41.9  
 
                                   
Total
  $ 46.4     $ 9.9     $ 97.4     $ (31.3 )   $ (2.0 )   $ 120.4  
 
                                   
2010 Actions: In the first quarter of 2010, the Company recognized $90.2 million of restructuring charges associated with the Merger, primarily related to severance of employees. In addition, the Company continued to initiate cost reduction actions resulting in severance and related charges of $4.4 million associated with the reduction of approximately 70 employees, and impairment charges of $2.2 million on production assets. Of the $96.8 million recognized for these actions, $18.3 million has been utilized to date, with $78.5 million of reserves remaining as of April 3, 2010, the majority of which is expected to be utilized in 2010. Usage includes $15.0 million which is non-cash as it relates to a defined benefit plan for severed Black & Decker executives which is classified in Post-Retirement Benefits on the Consolidated Balance Sheet as of April 3, 2010. Of the charges recognized in 2010, $55.4 million pertains to the CDIY segment; $6.6 million pertains to the Security segment; $0.5 million pertains to the Industrial segment; and $34.3 million pertains to non-operating entities.
Pre-2010 Actions: During 2009, the Company initiated cost reduction actions in response to sales volume declines associated with the economic recession. Severance charges of $42.4 million were recorded relating to the reduction of approximately 1,500 employees. In addition, $4.0 million in charges were recognized for asset impairments related to closing several small distribution centers, consolidating production facilities, and exiting certain businesses. Facility closure costs totaled $1.8 million. Also, $0.4 million in other charges resulted from the termination of service contracts. Of the $48.6 million recognized for these actions, $15.5 million, $9.7 million, $21.4 million, and $2.0 million pertained to the CDIY, Security, Industrial segments, and non-operating entities, respectively.
During 2008, the Company initiated $85.5 million of cost reduction actions, in various businesses, comprised of $70.0 million related to severance for 2,700 employees, $13.6 million of impairments on production assets and real estate, $0.7 million in facility closure costs and $1.2 million in charges stemming from the termination of service contracts.
As of January 2, 2010, the reserve balance related to these prior actions totaled $46.4 million. As a result of the Merger and the acquisition of ADT France, the Company has assumed $9.9 million of restructuring reserves recorded by those companies prior to the Merger. Utilization of the reserve balance related to Pre-2010 actions, including usage of those reserves acquired in purchase accounting, was $13.0 million in 2010. The remaining reserve balance of $41.9 million is expected to be utilized predominantly in 2010.
FINANCIAL CONDITION
Liquidity, Sources and Uses of Capital:
Operating and Investing Activities: Cash flow from operations was an outflow of $33 million in the first quarter of 2010 compared to a $4 million cash inflow in 2009, reflecting approximately $92 million in payments for merger-related items and outflows for working capital. This was partially offset by $32 million in higher earnings aside from the previously discussed merger-related charges. Excluding the $92 million in merger-related payments, operating cash flow amounted to $59 million. Working capital usage was $90 million in the quarter, compared with a $45 million usage in the prior year. It is a normal trend for both legacy Stanley and Black & Decker to have negative first quarter working capital cash flows, as certain inventories are built and additionally March sales were strong driving an increase in receivables at the end of the quarter. Legacy Stanley typically has at least a one turn first quarter reduction in working capital turns but posted a record first quarter 7.3 turns in 2010, as compared with 7.9 turns in the fourth quarter of 2009 and up from 4.8 turns in the first quarter of 2009; this reflects process-driven improvements from the Stanley Fulfillment System (“SFS”). SFS will be rigorously deployed at Black & Decker to improve its working capital efficiency over time. Other operating cash inflows were $107 million in the first three months of 2010 as compared with a $37 million outflow in the prior year. This fluctuation is mainly attributable to two non-cash merger-related items: $42 million inventory step-up amortization and $28 million in higher stock-based compensation.

37


Table of Contents

The remaining change in other operating cash flows primarily pertains to favorable derivative settlements versus outflows for this item in the prior year.
Capital and software expenditures were $22 million in the first quarter of 2010, flat with 2009. The Company will continue to make capital investments that are necessary to drive productivity and cost structure improvements while ensuring that such investments provide a rapid return on capital employed.
Free cash flow, as defined in the following table, was a $55 million outflow in the first quarter of 2010 compared to an $18 million outflow in the corresponding 2009 period. The Company believes free cash flow is an important measure of its liquidity, as well as its ability to fund future growth and provide a dividend to shareowners. Free cash flow does not include deductions for mandatory debt service, other borrowing activity, discretionary dividends on the Company’s common stock and business acquisitions, among other items.
                 
(Millions of Dollars)   2010     2009  
Net cash (used) provided by operating activities
  $ (33 )   $ 4  
Less: capital and software expenditures
    (22 )     (22 )
 
           
Free cash (outflow)
  $ (55 )   $ (18 )
 
           
As previously discussed, the first quarter 2010 operating cash flow was affected by $92 million of merger-related payments, and such payments will continue in the remainder of the year as Black & Decker restructuring actions are implemented. Refer to the 2010 Outlook section for discussion of the approximately $300 million in free cash flow estimated for the full year ($600 million of free cash flow on a basis excluding the estimated $300 million of merger-related payments). The 2010 free cash flow is expected to be more than adequate to fund the discretionary dividends on the Company’s common stock and provide for debt service.
There was a $949 million increase in cash in the first quarter of 2010 acquired from Black & Decker in the Merger. On March 15, 2010, the Company realized $30 million of cash proceeds from the termination of the Black & Decker interest rate swaps that had been entered into prior to the Merger, and became undesignated at the merger date. Separately, the Company paid $16 million in the current year for the maturity of a net investment hedge.
Financing Activities: Net proceeds from short-term borrowings amounted to cash inflows of $436 million in 2010 compared to outflows of $7 million in 2009. The net proceeds in the current year were primarily utilized to repay the $200 million of term notes that matured in March, 2010, to pay certain merger-related transaction and compensation costs, and to fund the expansion of inventory to support second quarter sales volume.
Credit Rating: The Company’s stand-alone debt is currently rated by Standard & Poor’s (“S&P”), Moody’s Investor Service (“Moody’s”) and Fitch Ratings (“Fitch”). As anticipated, as a result of the merger with Black & Decker, on March 15, 2010 the Company’s senior unsecured debt was reaffirmed at A by S&P and downgraded by Moody’s and Fitch to Baa1 and A-, respectively. Outlooks vary and are currently negative, stable and stable by S&P, Moody’s and Fitch, respectively. The Company’s stand-alone short-term debt, or commercial paper, ratings are A-2, P-2, and F2 by S&P, Moody’s, and Fitch, respectively. Failure to maintain strong investment grade ratings level could adversely affect the Company’s cost of funds, liquidity and access to capital markets, but would not have an adverse effect on the Company’s ability to access the $1.5 billion committed credit facilities.
Contractual Obligations: The following summarizes the Company’s significant contractual obligations and commitments that impact its liquidity:
Payments Due by Period
                                         
(Millions of Dollars)   Total     2010     2011 – 2012     2013 – 2014     Thereafter  
Long-term debt(a)
  $ 2,607     $ 7     $ 931     $ 906     $ 763  
Interest payments on long-term debt(b)
    587       147       222       157       61  
Operating leases
    356       106       140       65       45  
Derivatives(c)
    20       44       (17 )     (7 )      
Material purchase commitments
    342       338       4              
Deferred compensation
    78       60       4       3       11  
Outsourcing and other obligations(d)
    46       19       18       3       6  
Pension funding obligations(e)
    100       100                    
 
                             
Total contractual cash obligations
  $ 4,136     $ 821     $ 1,302     $ 1,127     $ 886  
 
                             

38


Table of Contents

 
(a)   Future payments on long-term debt above encompass all payments related to aggregate debt maturities, as discussed further in Note H Long-Term Debt and Financing Arrangements.
 
(b)   Future interest payments on long-term debt reflect the applicable fixed interest rate or the variable rate in effect at April 3, 2010 for floating rate debt.
 
(c)   Future cash flows on derivative financial instruments reflect the fair value as of April 3, 2010. The ultimate cash flows on these instruments will differ, perhaps significantly, based on applicable market interest and foreign currency rates at their maturity.
 
(d)   To the extent the Company can reliably determine when payments will occur pertaining to unrecognized tax benefit liabilities, the related amount will be included in the table above. However, due to the high degree of uncertainty regarding the timing of potential future cash flows associated with such liabilities at April 3, 2010, the Company is unable to make a reliable estimate of when (if at all) amounts may be paid to the respective taxing authorities.
 
(e)   The Company anticipates that funding of its pension and post-retirement benefit plans in 2010 will approximate $100 million, primarily pertaining to the estimated contributions either required by regulations or laws or, with respect to unfunded plans, necessary to fund current benefits. The Company has not presented estimated pension and post-retirement funding in the table above beyond 2010 as funding can vary significantly from year to year based upon changes in the fair value of the plan assets, actuarial assumptions, and curtailment/settlement actions.
Aside from debt payments, for which there is no tax benefit associated with repayment of principal payment of the above, contractual obligations will typically generate a cash tax benefit such that the net cash outflow will be lower than the gross amounts indicated.
Other Significant Commercial Commitments:
Amount of Commitment Expirations Per Period
                                         
(Millions of Dollars)   Total   2010   2011 – 2012   2013 – 2014   Thereafter
U.S. lines of credit
  $ 1,500     $  —     $ 700     $ 800     $  —  
Long-term debt and lines of credit are explained in detail within Note H, Long-Term Debt and Financing Arrangements, of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
MARKET RISK
The Company is exposed to market risk from changes in foreign currency exchange rates, interest rates, stock prices, and commodity prices.
As discussed in the gross profit section of the Results of Operations in this MD&A, the Company anticipates there will be adverse effects from a potential 5% Chinese RMB revaluation as well as building inflationary pressures. While the nature of these risks has not changed, the 2010 outlook has changed such that management does not believe it will be able to fully recover inflation through customer pricing in the current year due both to an increase in expected inflation as well as the time lag in implementing price increases.

39


Table of Contents

OTHER MATTERS
Customer-Related Risks As discussed in the Strategy section of the Overview in this MD&A, the Company has concentrations in sales with certain U.S. home centers and mass merchants, which have increased from the legacy Stanley position as a result of the recent Merger. The loss or material reduction of business from any such significant customer could have a material adverse impact on the Company’s results of operations and cash flows, until either such customers were replaced or the Company made the necessary adjustments to compensate for the loss of business.
Critical Accounting Estimates Refer to the “Critical Accounting Estimates” section of Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (“MD&A) in The Stanley Works Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 2, 2010, and to the “Critical Accounting Policies” section of the Black & Decker MD&A on its Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009, for a discussion of the Company’s critical accounting estimates, aside from the update provided below.
GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS — The Company acquires businesses in purchase transactions that result in the recognition of goodwill and other intangible assets. The determination of the value of intangible assets requires management to make estimates and assumptions. In accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 350-20 “Goodwill”, acquired goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets are not amortized but are subject to impairment testing at least annually and when an event occurs or circumstances change that indicate it is more likely than not an impairment exists. Other intangible assets are amortized and are tested for impairment when appropriate. The Company completed the Merger and one other acquisition in 2010 with an aggregate consideration value of $4.664 billion. The assets and liabilities of acquired businesses are recorded at fair value at the date of acquisition. Goodwill represents costs in excess of fair values assigned to the underlying net assets of acquired businesses. The Company reported $5.283 billion of goodwill and $1.653 billion in indefinite-lived trade names at April 3, 2010.
The purchase accounting for the Merger is preliminary and the Company has not completed the analysis necessary to determine the allocation of goodwill arising from the Merger to its segments and reporting units as of April 3, 2010. Furthermore, the finalization of the Company’s purchase accounting will result in changes in the valuation of assets and liabilities acquired, which could be material. This allocation will be made as soon as practicable within the measurement period, however not later than the annual impairment test for goodwill and indefinite-lived trade names to be conducted in the third quarter of 2010. The Company is not aware of any impairment indicators. Management continues to believe it is not reasonably likely that an impairment of goodwill or indefinite-lived trade names will occur over the next twelve months.
ITEM 3. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
Refer to the updating discussion under the caption “Market Risk” in Item 2 Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of this Form 10-Q. For further discussion of the Company’s exposure to market risk, refer to Part II, Item 7A, Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk, contained in the Company’s and The Black & Decker Corporation’s Form 10-K’s for the years ended January 2, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively.
ITEM 4. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
Under the supervision and with the participation of management, including the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and its Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, the Company has, pursuant to Rule 13a-15(b) of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of its disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) of the Exchange Act). Based upon that evaluation, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and its Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that, as of April 3, 2010, the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures are effective. There has been no change in the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting that occurred during the first quarter of 2010 that have materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

40


Table of Contents

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT
Under the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995
Certain statements contained in this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q that are not historical, including, but not limited to, the statements regarding the Company’s ability to: (i) achieve within three years $350 million of annual cost synergies in connection with the Black & Decker merger; (ii) achieve future growth and cement global leadership as a result of achieving cost synergies; (iii) realize $90 million of the cost synergies, primarily within SG&A, in 2010; (iv) limit to $400 million the cost incurred over the three year period to achieve the synergies; (v) achieve full year 2010 diluted (loss) EPS in the range of $(0.41) to $0.05 or $3.10 to $3.30, excluding the effects of merger-related charges; (vi) achieve free cash flow of approximately $300 million in 2010 or $600 million, excluding the $300 million of estimated restructuring and other payments associated with the Merger; (vii) improve Black & Decker’s working capital efficiency; and (viii) fund discretionary dividends and provide for debt service from free cash flow in 2010 ( collectively, the “Results”); are “forward-looking statements” and are based on current expectations.
These statements are not guarantees of future performance and involve certain risks, uncertainties and assumptions that are difficult to predict. There are a number of risks, uncertainties and important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those indicated by such forward-looking statements. In addition to any such risks, uncertainties and other factors discussed elsewhere herein, the risks, uncertainties and other factors that could cause or contribute to actual results differing materially from those expressed or implied in the forward looking statements include, without limitation, those set forth under Item 1A Risk Factors in this Quarterly Report for the period ended April 3, 2010; those set forth under Item 1A Risk Factors in The Stanley Works Annual Report on Form 10-K (together with any material changes thereto contained in subsequent filed Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q); those contained in the Company’s other filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission; and those set forth below.
The Company’s ability to deliver the Results is dependent upon: (i) approximately $170 million of non-cash inventory step-up amortization stemming from the initial turn of Black & Decker acquired inventory; (ii) incurring approximately $100 million in costs comprised of : $60 million for certain executive compensation and integration related consulting fees and $40 million for investment banking and other Black & Decker and ADT deal transaction costs; (iii) restructuring charges amounting to $245-$295 million; (iv) an effective tax rate for full year 2010 of 26-27% excluding the effects of an estimated 60% unfavorable tax rate impact from non-deductible Black & Decker merger-related severance and compensation and assuming an approximately 2.5% favorable rate impact from the expected passage of the Tax Extender Bill; (v) the Company’s ability to limit restructuring and other payments associated with the Black & Decker transaction and ADT acquisition to $300 million; (vi) the Company’s ability to successfully integrate recent acquisitions and the Merger (including Black & Decker and ADT France), as well as any future acquisitions, while limiting associated costs; (vii) the success of the Company’s efforts to expand its tools and security businesses; (viii) the success of the Company’s efforts to build a growth platform and market leadership in Convergent Securities Solutions; (ix) the Company’s success in developing and introducing new and high quality products, growing sales in existing markets, identifying and developing new markets for its products and maintaining and building the strength of its brands; (x) the continued acceptance of technologies used in the Company’s products, including Convergent Security Solutions products; (xi) the Company’s ability to manage existing Sonitrol franchisee and Mac Tools distributor relationships; (xii) the Company’s ability to minimize costs associated with any sale or discontinuance of a business or product line, including any severance, restructuring, legal or other costs; (xiii) the proceeds realized with respect to any business or product line disposals; (xiv) the extent of any asset impairments with respect to any businesses or product lines that are sold or discontinued; (xv) the success of the Company’s efforts to manage freight costs, steel and other commodity costs; (xvi) the Company’s ability to sustain or increase prices in order to, among other things, offset or mitigate the impact of steel, freight, energy, non-ferrous commodity and other commodity costs and any inflation increases; (xvii) the Company’s ability to generate free cash flow and maintain a strong debt to capital ratio, including focusing on reduction of debt as determined by management; (xviii) the Company’s ability to identify and effectively execute productivity improvements and cost reductions, while minimizing any associated restructuring charges; (xix) the Company’s ability to obtain favorable settlement of routine tax audits; (xx) the ability of the Company to generate earnings sufficient to realize future income tax benefits during periods when temporary differences become deductible; (xxi) the continued ability of the Company to access credit markets under satisfactory terms; and (xxii) the Company’s ability to negotiate satisfactory payment terms under which the Company buys and sells goods, services, materials and products.
The Company’s ability to deliver the Results is also dependent upon: (i) the success of the Company’s marketing and sales efforts; (ii) the ability of the Company to maintain or improve production rates in the Company’s manufacturing facilities, respond to significant changes in product demand and fulfill demand for new and existing products; (iii) the Company’s ability to continue improvements in working capital; (iv) the ability to continue successfully managing and defending claims and litigation; (v) the success of the Company’s efforts to mitigate (such as customer price increases) any cost increases generated by, for example, increases in the cost of energy or significant Chinese Renminbi or other currency appreciation or revaluation; (vi) the geographic distribution of the Company’s earnings; and (v) commitment to and success of the Stanley Fulfillment System.

41


Table of Contents

The Company’s ability to achieve the Results will also be affected by external factors. These external factors include: pricing pressure and other changes within competitive markets; the continued consolidation of customers particularly in consumer channels; inventory management pressures on the Company’s customers; the impact the tightened credit markets may have on the Company or its customers or suppliers; the extent to which the Company has to write-off accounts receivable or assets or experiences supply chain disruptions in connection with bankruptcy filings by customers or suppliers; increasing competition; changes in laws, regulations and policies that affect the Company, including, but not limited to trade, monetary, tax and fiscal policies and laws; the timing and extent of any inflation or deflation; currency exchange fluctuations; the impact of dollar/foreign currency exchange and interest rates on the competitiveness of products and the Company’s debt program; the strength of the U.S. and European economies; the extent to which world-wide markets associated with homebuilding and remodeling continue to deteriorate; the impact of events that cause or may cause disruption in the Company’s manufacturing, distribution and sales networks such as war, terrorist activities, and political unrest; and recessionary or expansive trends in the economies of the world in which the Company operates, including, but not limited to, the extent and duration of the current recession in the US economy.
Unless required by applicable securities laws, the Company undertakes no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward looking statements to reflect events or circumstances that may arise after the date hereof. Readers are advised, however, to consult any further disclosures made on related subjects in the Company’s reports filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
PART II — OTHER INFORMATION
ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS
As previously announced, the Company completed its transaction with Black & Decker on March 12, 2010 and as a result, the Company has reviewed and updated its risk factors as previously disclosed in its 2009 Annual Report on Form 10-K. Below are the updated risk factors set forth in their entirety.
The Company’s business, operations and financial condition are subject to various risks and uncertainties. You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below, together with all of the other information in this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q and The Stanley Works 2009 Annual Report on Form 10-K, including those risks set forth under the heading entitled “Cautionary Statements Under the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995”, and in other documents that the Company files with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, before making any investment decision with respect to its securities. If any of the risks or uncertainties actually occur or develop, the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations and future growth prospects could change. Under these circumstances, the trading prices of the Company’s securities could decline, and you could lose all or part of your investment in the Company’s securities.
If the current weakness continues in the retail, residential and commercial markets in the Americas, Europe or Asia, or general economic conditions worsen, it could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business.
We conduct business in various parts of the world, primarily in the United States and Europe and, to a lesser extent, in Mexico, Central America, the Caribbean, South America, Canada, Asia and Australia. As a result of our worldwide exposure, the Company’s businesses have been adversely affected by the decline in the U.S. and international economies, including, but not limited to recession, inflation and deflation, particularly with respect to residential and commercial markets. It is possible this softness will be prolonged and to the extent it persists there may be an unfavorable impact on sales, earnings and cash flows. It is possible the Security segment, which experienced unit volume declines in existing businesses in 2009, may become more affected if the economic weakness permeates other market sectors it serves. Further deterioration of retail, automotive, residential or commercial construction markets, changes in consumer purchasing power or in general economic conditions, could reduce demand for Company products and therefore have a material adverse effect on sales, earnings and cash flows. In addition, due to current economic conditions, it is possible certain customers’ credit-worthiness may erode resulting in increased write-offs of customer receivables.
The failure to integrate successfully the businesses of Stanley and Black & Decker in the expected time frame could adversely affect the Company’s future results.
The success of the Merger will depend, in large part, on the ability of the Company to realize the anticipated benefits, including cost savings, from combining the businesses of Stanley and Black & Decker. To realize these anticipated benefits, the businesses of Stanley and Black & Decker must be successfully integrated. This integration will be complex and time-consuming. The failure to integrate successfully and to manage successfully the challenges presented by the integration process may result in the combined company not achieving the anticipated benefits of the Merger.

42


Table of Contents

Potential difficulties that may be encountered in the integration process include the following:
    the inability to successfully integrate the businesses of Stanley and Black & Decker in a manner that permits the combined company to achieve the cost savings anticipated to result from the Merger;
 
    lost sales and customers as a result of customers of either of the two companies deciding not to do business with the combined company;
 
    complexities associated with managing the larger, more complex, combined business;
 
    integrating personnel from the two companies while maintaining focus on providing consistent, high quality products;
 
    potential unknown liabilities and unforeseen expenses, delays or regulatory conditions associated with the Merger; and
 
    performance shortfalls at one or both of the companies as a result of the diversion of management’s attention caused by completing the Merger and integrating the companies’ operations.
The Company’s future results will suffer if it does not effectively manage its expanded operations following the Merger.
Following the Merger, the size of the business increased dramatically. The Company’s future success depends, in part, upon its ability to manage this expanded business, which will pose substantial challenges for management, including challenges related to the management and monitoring of new operations and associated increased costs and complexity. The Company cannot ensure that it will be successful or that it will realize the expected operating efficiencies, cost savings, revenue enhancements and other benefits currently anticipated from the Merger.
The Company is expected to incur substantial expenses related to the Merger and the integration of Black & Decker.
The Company is expected to incur substantial expenses in connection with the Merger and the integration of Black & Decker including certain restructuring actions that may be taken to achieve synergies. Approximately $400 million of pre-tax restructuring and integration expense pertaining to the Merger is expected to be incurred over a period of three years, in order to achieve an estimated $350 million of pre-tax annualized synergy benefits. There are a large number of processes, policies, procedures, operations, technologies and systems that must be integrated, including purchasing, accounting and finance, sales, billing, payroll, manufacturing, marketing and benefits. While the Company has assumed an estimated $400 million of expenses will be incurred, there are many factors beyond its control that could affect the total amount or the timing of the integration expenses. Moreover, many of the expenses that will be incurred are, by their nature, difficult to estimate accurately. These expenses could, particularly in the near term, exceed the savings that the Company expects to achieve from the elimination of duplicative expenses and the realization of economies of scale and cost savings. In the first quarter of 2010 the Company incurred $213 million of pre-tax merger-related costs related to certain executive compensation charges, investment banking fees, and integration related advisory and consulting fees. While management believes the $400 million estimate is reasonable, the amount of future integration expense is not certain and could result in the Company taking significant charges against earnings in future periods.
The Company’s growth and repositioning strategies include acquisitions. The Company may not be able to successfully integrate the operations of recent acquisitions and the Company may not be able to identify suitable future acquisition candidates.
In 2002, the Company embarked on a growth strategy to shift its business portfolio toward favored growth markets through acquisitions and divestitures. The strategy has been advanced over the last several years with the acquisition of a number of companies, including Black & Decker, ADT France S.A. (“ADT France”), Générale (“GdP”), Xmark Corporation (“Xmark”), Sonitrol Corporation (“Sonitrol”), and HSM Electronic Protection Services, Inc. (“HSM”).
We expend significant resources on identifying opportunities to acquire new lines of business and companies that could contribute to our success and expansion into existing and new markets. Although the Company has extensive experience with acquisitions, there can be no assurance that recently acquired companies will be successfully integrated or that anticipated cost savings, synergies, or other benefits will be realized. If the Company successfully integrates the acquired companies and effectively implements its repositioning strategy, there can be no assurance that its resulting business segments will enjoy continued market acceptance or profitability.
In addition, there can be no assurance that the Company will be able to successfully identify suitable future acquisition candidates, negotiate appropriate terms, obtain the necessary financing, complete the transactions or successfully integrate the new companies as necessary to continue its growth and repositioning strategies. If the Company is unable to successfully integrate acquisitions, it could have a material adverse affect on our business, financial condition and future growth.

43


Table of Contents

The Company’s acquisitions may result in certain risks for its business and operations.
In addition to the Merger, the Company made one acquisition in the first quarter of 2010, six small acquisitions in 2009 and a number of more significant acquisitions in 2008 and 2007, including, but not limited to: GdP in October 2008, Sonitrol and Xmark in July 2008, InnerSpace in July 2007, and HSM in January 2007. The Company may make additional acquisitions in the future. Acquisitions involve a number of risks, including:
    the diversion of Company management’s attention and other resources,
 
    the incurrence of unexpected liabilities, and
 
    the loss of key personnel and clients or customers of acquired companies.
Any intangible assets that the Company acquires may have a negative effect on its earnings and return on capital employed. In addition, the success of the Company’s future acquisitions will depend in part on its ability to:
    combine operations,
 
    integrate departments, systems and procedures, and
 
    obtain cost savings and other efficiencies from the acquisitions.
Failure to effectively consummate or manage future acquisitions may adversely affect the Company’s existing businesses and harm its operational results due to large write-offs, contingent liabilities, substantial depreciation, or other adverse tax or audit consequences. The Company is still in the process of integrating the businesses and operations of Black & Decker, ADT France and GdP. The Company cannot ensure that such integrations will be successfully completed, or that all of the planned synergies will be realized.
The Company has incurred, and may incur in the future significant indebtedness, or issue additional equity securities, in connection with mergers or acquisitions which may restrict the manner in which it conducts business. The potential issuance of such securities may limit the Company’s ability to implement elements of its growth strategy and may have a dilutive effect on earnings.
As described in Item 1 Note H, Long-Term Debt and Financing Arrangements, of the Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements, the Company has a committed revolving credit agreement, expiring in February 2013, supporting borrowings up to $800 million. Upon closing of the Merger, the Company entered into a $700 million revolving credit agreement that became effective on March 12, 2010 and will expire in March 2011 that involves, at the Company’s option, the ability to extend the term under the “Term Loan Election” by an additional year to March 2012. These agreements include provisions that allow designated subsidiaries to borrow up to $250 million in Euros and Pounds Sterling, which may be available to, among other things, fund acquisitions.
The instruments and agreements governing certain of the Company’s current indebtedness contain requirements or restrictive covenants that include, among other things:
    a limitation on creating liens on certain property of the Company and its subsidiaries;
 
    a restriction on entering into certain sale-leaseback transactions;
 
    customary events of default. If an event of default occurs and is continuing, the Company might be required to repay all amounts outstanding under the respective instrument or agreement; and
 
    maintenance of specified financial ratio. The Company has an interest coverage covenant that must be maintained to permit continued access to its committed revolving credit facilities. The interest coverage ratio tested for covenant compliance compares adjusted Earnings Before Interest, Taxes, Depreciation and Amortization to adjusted Interest Expense (“adjusted EBITDA”/“adjusted Interest Expense”); such adjustments to interest or EBITDA include, but are not limited to, removal of non-cash interest expense, certain restructuring and other merger-related costs as well as stock-based compensation expense. The adjustments to interest expense and EBITDA for purposes of this interest coverage ratio computation are defined in the debt agreements included as Exhibits 10(i) and 10(ii) of this Form 10Q. Management does not believe it is reasonably likely the Company will breach this covenant. Failure to maintain this ratio could adversely affect further access to liquidity.

44


Table of Contents

The Company has an interest coverage covenant that must be maintained to permit continued access to its Revolving Credit Facilities. The interest coverage ratio tested for covenant compliance compares adjusted Earnings Before Interest, Taxes, Depreciation and Amortization to adjusted Interest Expense (“adjusted EBITDA”/“adjusted Interest Expense”), as both terms are defined in the debt agreement included as Exhibit v(i) of this Form 10Q, the Second Supplemental Indenture dated as of March 12, 2010, including the removal of certain non-cash elements of interest expense and certain restructuring or asset impairment or other merger-related costs. Management does not believe it is reasonably likely the Company will breach this covenant.
Future instruments and agreements governing indebtedness may impose other restrictive conditions or covenants. Such covenants could restrict the Company in the manner in which it conducts business and operations as well as in the pursuit of its growth and repositioning strategies.
We are exposed to counterparty risk in our hedging arrangements
From time to time we enter into arrangements with financial institutions to hedge our exposure to fluctuations in currency and interest rates, including forward contracts and swap agreements. The failure of one or more counterparties to our hedging arrangements to fulfill their obligations to us could adversely affect our results of operations.
The Company’s results of operations could be negatively impacted by inflationary or deflationary economic conditions which could affect the ability to obtain raw materials, component parts, freight, energy, labor and sourced finished goods in a timely and cost-effective manner.
The Company’s products are manufactured of both ferrous and non-ferrous metals, including but not limited to steel, aluminum, zinc, brass, nickel and copper, as well as resin. Additionally, the Company uses other commodity based materials for components and packaging including, but not limited to: plastics, wood, and other corrugated products. The Company’s cost base also reflects significant elements for freight, energy and labor. The Company also sources certain finished goods directly from vendors. If the Company is unable to mitigate any inflationary increases through various customer pricing actions and cost reduction initiatives, its profitability may be adversely affected.
Conversely, in the event there is deflation, the Company may experience pressure from its customers to reduce prices; there can be no assurance that the Company would be able to reduce its cost base (through negotiations with suppliers or other measures) to offset any such price concessions which could adversely impact results of operations and cash flows.
Further, as a result of inflationary or deflationary economic conditions, we believe it is possible that a limited number of suppliers may either cease operations or require additional financial assistance from us in order to fulfill their obligations. In a limited number of circumstances, the magnitude of our purchases of certain items is of such significance that a change in our established supply relationships with suppliers or increase in the costs of purchased raw materials, component parts or finished goods could result in manufacturing interruptions, delays, inefficiencies or our inability to market products. An increase in value-added tax rebates currently available to us or to our suppliers, could also increase the costs of our manufactured products as well as purchased products and components and could adversely affect our results of operations.
Tight capital and credit markets could adversely affect the Company by limiting the Company’s or its customers’ ability to borrow or otherwise obtain cash.
The Company’s growth plans are dependent on, among other things, the availability of funding to support corporate initiatives and complete appropriate acquisitions and the ability to increase sales of existing product lines. While the Company has not encountered financing difficulties to date, the capital and credit markets experienced extreme volatility and disruption in late 2008 and in early 2009. Market conditions could make it more difficult for the Company to borrow or otherwise obtain the cash required for significant new corporate initiatives and acquisitions. In addition, there could be a number of follow-on effects from the credit crisis on the Company’s businesses, including insolvency of key suppliers resulting in product delays; inability of customers to obtain credit to finance purchases of the Company’s products and/or customer insolvencies; and failure of derivative counterparties and other financial institutions negatively impacting the Company’s treasury operations.

45


Table of Contents

The Company is exposed to market risk from changes in foreign currency exchange rates which could negatively impact profitability.
We manufacture and sell our products in many countries throughout the world. As a result, we are exposed to foreign currency risk as we enter into transactions and make investments denominated in multiple currencies. The Company’s predominant exposures are in European, Canadian, British, and Asian currencies, including the Chinese Renminbi (“RMB”). In preparing its financial statements, for foreign operations with functional currencies other than the U.S. dollar, asset and liability accounts are translated at current exchange rates, and income and expenses are translated using weighted-average exchange rates. With respect to the effects on translated earnings, if the U.S. dollar strengthens relative to local currencies, the Company’s earnings could be negatively impacted. In 2009, foreign currency translation negatively impacted earnings by $0.04 per diluted share. The translation impact has been more material in the past and may be more material in the future. Although the Company utilizes risk management tools, including hedging, as it deems appropriate, to mitigate a portion of potential market fluctuations in foreign currencies, there can be no assurance that such measures will result in all market fluctuation exposure being eliminated. The Company does not make a practice of hedging its non-U.S. dollar earnings.
The Company sources many products from China and other Asian low-cost countries for resale in other regions. To the extent the RMB or other currencies appreciate with respect to the U.S. dollar, the Company may experience cost increases on such purchases. The Company may not be successful at implementing customer pricing or other actions in an effort to mitigate the related cost increases and thus its profitability may be adversely impacted.
The Company’s business is subject to risks associated with sourcing and manufacturing overseas.
The Company imports large quantities of finished goods, component parts and raw materials. Substantially all of its import operations are subject to customs requirements and to tariffs and quotas set by governments through mutual agreements, bilateral actions or, in some cases unilateral action. In addition, the countries in which the Company’s products and materials are manufactured or imported may from time to time impose additional quotas, duties, tariffs or other restrictions on its imports (including restrictions on manufacturing operations) or adversely modify existing restrictions. Imports are also subject to unpredictable foreign currency variation which may increase the Company’s cost of goods sold. Adverse changes in these import costs and restrictions, or the Company’s suppliers’ failure to comply with customs regulations or similar laws, could harm the Company’s business.
The Company’s operations are also subject to the effects of international trade agreements and regulations such as the North American Free Trade Agreement, and the activities and regulations of the World Trade Organization. Although these trade agreements generally have positive effects on trade liberalization, sourcing flexibility and cost of goods by reducing or eliminating the duties and/or quotas assessed on products manufactured in a particular country, trade agreements can also impose requirements that adversely affect the Company’s business, such as setting quotas on products that may be imported from a particular country into key markets including the U.S. or the European Union, or making it easier for other companies to compete, by eliminating restrictions on products from countries where the Company’s competitors source products.
The Company’s ability to import products in a timely and cost-effective manner may also be affected by conditions at ports or issues that otherwise affect transportation and warehousing providers, such as port and shipping capacity, labor disputes, severe weather or increased homeland security requirements in the U.S. and other countries. These issues could delay importation of products or require the Company to locate alternative ports or warehousing providers to avoid disruption to customers. These alternatives may not be available on short notice or could result in higher transit costs, which could have an adverse impact on the Company’s business and financial condition.
Our success depends on our ability to improve productivity and streamline operations to control or reduce costs.
We are committed to continuous productivity improvement and continue to evaluate opportunities to reduce fixed costs, simplify or improve processes, and eliminate excess capacity. We have also undertaken restructuring actions, the savings of which may be mitigated by many factors, including economic weakness, competitive pressures, and decisions to increase costs in areas such as promotion or research and development above levels that were otherwise assumed. Our failure to achieve projected levels of efficiencies and cost reduction measures and to avoid delays in or unanticipated inefficiencies resulting from manufacturing and administrative reorganization actions in progress or contemplated would adversely affect our results of operations.
Changes in customer preferences, the inability to maintain mutually beneficial relationships with large customers, and the inability to penetrate new channels of distribution could adversely affect our business.
The Company has certain significant customers, particularly home centers and major retailers. The loss or material reduction of business from, the lack of success of sales initiatives, or change in customer preferences or loyalties, for the Company’s products related to any such significant customer could have a material adverse impact on the Company’s results of operations and cash flows. In addition, our major customers are volume purchasers, a few of which are much larger than us and have strong bargaining power with suppliers. This limits our ability to recover cost increases through higher selling prices. Furthermore, unanticipated inventory adjustments by these customers can have a negative impact on sales.

46


Table of Contents

During 2009 the Company experienced significant distributor inventory corrections reflecting de-stocking of the supply chain associated with difficult credit markets. Such distributor de-stocking exacerbated sales volume declines pertaining to weak end user demand and the broader economic recession. The Industrial segment generally sells to distributors where the Company does not have point of sale data to see end user demand trends; however, a substantial portion of the overall volume declines within the Industrial segment is believed to be attributable to such de-stocking or customer inventory adjustments. The Company’s results may be adversely impacted in future periods by such customer inventory adjustments. Further, our inability to continue to penetrate new channels of distribution may have a negative impact on our future results.
Customer consolidation could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business.
A substantial portion of the Company’s products are sold through home centers and mass merchant distribution channels in the U.S. and Europe. A consolidation of retailers in both North America and abroad has occurred over time and the increasing size and importance of individual customers creates risk of exposure to potential volume loss. The loss of certain larger home centers as customers would have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business until either such customers were replaced or the Company made the necessary adjustments to compensate for the loss of business.
If the Company were required to write down all or part of its goodwill, indefinite-lived trade names, or other definite-lived intangible assets, its net income and net worth could be materially adversely affected.
As a result of merger and acquisitions, the Company has $5.283 billion of goodwill, $1.653 billion of indefinite-lived trade names, and $1.254 billion of definite-lived intangible assets at April 3, 2010. The Company is required to periodically determine if its goodwill or indefinite-lived trade names have become impaired, in which case it would write down the impaired portion of the intangible asset. The definite-lived intangible assets, including customer relationships, are amortized over their estimated useful lives; such assets are also evaluated for impairment when appropriate. Impairment of intangible assets may be triggered by developments outside of the Company’s control, such as worsening economic conditions, technological change, intensified competition or other matters causing a decline in expected future cash flows.
Income tax payments may ultimately differ from amounts currently recorded by the Company. Future tax law changes may materially increase the Company’s prospective income tax expense.
The Company is subject to income taxation in the U.S. as well as numerous foreign jurisdictions. Judgment is required in determining the Company’s worldwide income tax provision and accordingly there are many transactions and computations for which the final income tax determination is uncertain. The Company is routinely audited by income tax authorities in many tax jurisdictions. Although management believes the recorded tax estimates are reasonable, the ultimate outcome from any audit (or related litigation) could be materially different from amounts reflected in the Company’s income tax provisions and accruals. Future settlements of income tax audits may have a material effect on earnings between the period of initial recognition of tax estimates in the financial statements and the point of ultimate tax audit settlement. Additionally, it is possible that future income tax legislation may be enacted that could have a material impact on the Company’s worldwide income tax provision beginning with the period that such legislation becomes effective. Also, while a reduction in statutory rates would result in a favorable impact on future net earnings, it would require an initial write down of any deferred tax assets in the related jurisdiction.
The Company’s failure to continue to successfully avoid, manage, defend, litigate and accrue for claims and litigation could negatively impact its results of operations or cash flows.
The Company is exposed to and becomes involved in various litigation matters arising out of the ordinary routine conduct of its business, including, from time to time, actual or threatened litigation relating to such items as commercial transactions, product liability, workers compensation, the Company’s distributors and franchisees, intellectual property claims and regulatory actions.
In addition, we are subject to environmental laws in each jurisdiction in which we conduct business. Some of our products incorporate substances that are regulated in some jurisdictions in which we conduct manufacturing operations. We could be subject to liability if we do not comply with these regulations. In addition, we are currently and may, in the future, be held responsible for remedial investigations and clean-up costs resulting from the discharge of hazardous substances into the environment, including sites that have never been owned or operated by us but at which we have been identified as a potentially responsible party under federal and state environmental laws and regulations. Changes in environmental and other laws and regulations in both domestic and foreign jurisdictions could adversely affect our operations due to increased costs of compliance and potential liability for non-compliance.

47


Table of Contents

There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to continue to successfully avoid, manage and defend such matters. In addition, given the inherent uncertainties in evaluating certain exposures, actual costs to be incurred in future periods may vary from the Company’s estimates for such contingent liabilities.
The Company’s brands are important assets of its businesses and violation of its trademark rights by imitators, or the failure of its licensees or vendors to comply with the Company’s product quality, manufacturing requirements, marketing standards, and other requirements could negatively impact revenues and brand reputation.
The Company’s trademarks enjoy a reputation for quality and value and are important to its success and competitive position. Unauthorized use of the Company’s trademark rights may not only erode sales of the Company’s products, but may also cause significant damage to its brand name and reputation, interfere with its ability to effectively represent the Company to its customers, contractors, suppliers, and/or licensees, and increase litigation costs. Similarly, failure by licensees or vendors to adhere to the Company’s standards of quality and other contractual requirements could result in loss of revenue, increased litigation, and/or damage to the Company’s reputation and business. There can be no assurance that the Company’s on-going effort to protect its brand and trademark rights and ensure compliance with its licensing and vendor agreements will prevent all violations.
Successful sales and marketing efforts depend on the Company’s ability to recruit and retain qualified employees.
The success of the Company’s efforts to grow its business depends on the contributions and abilities of key executives, its sales force and other personnel, including the ability of its sales force to adapt to any changes made in the sales organization and achieve adequate customer coverage. The Company must therefore continue to recruit, retain and motivate management, sales and other personnel sufficiently to maintain its current business and support its projected growth. A shortage of these key employees might jeopardize the Company’s ability to implement its growth strategy.
The Company faces active global competition and if it does not compete effectively, its business may suffer.
The Company faces active competition and resulting pricing pressures. The Company’s products compete on the basis of, among other things, its reputation for product quality, its well-known brands, price, innovation and customer service capabilities. The Company competes with both larger and smaller companies that offer the same or similar products and services or that produce different products appropriate for the same uses. These companies are often located in countries such as China, Taiwan and India where labor and other production costs are substantially lower than in the U.S., Canada and Western Europe. Also, certain large customers offer house brands that compete with some of the Company’s product offerings as a lower-cost alternative. To remain profitable and defend market share, the Company must maintain a competitive cost structure, develop new products and services, respond to competitor innovations and enhance its existing products in a timely manner. The Company may not be able to compete effectively on all of these fronts and with all of its competitors, and the failure to do so could have a material adverse effect on its sales and profit margins.
The Stanley Fulfillment System (“SFS”) is a continuous operational improvement process applied to many aspects of the Company’s business such as procurement, quality in manufacturing, maximizing customer fill rates, integrating acquisitions and other key business processes. In the event the Company is not successful in effectively applying the SFS disciplines to its key business processes, including those of acquired businesses, its ability to compete and future earnings could be adversely affected.
In addition, the Company may have to reduce prices on its products and services, or make other concessions, to stay competitive and retain market share. Price reductions taken by us in response to customer and competitive pressures, as well as price reductions and promotional actions taken to drive demand that may not result in anticipated sales levels, could also negatively impact our business. The Company engages in restructuring actions, sometimes entailing shifts of production to low-cost countries, as part of its efforts to maintain a competitive cost structure. If the Company does not execute restructuring actions well, its ability to meet customer demand may decline, or earnings may otherwise be adversely impacted; similarly if such efforts to reform the cost structure are delayed relative to competitors or other market factors the Company may lose market share and profits.

48


Table of Contents

The performance of the Company may suffer from business disruptions associated with information technology, system implementations, or catastrophic losses affecting distribution centers and other infrastructure.
The Company relies heavily on computer systems to manage and operate its businesses, and record and process transactions. Computer systems are important to production planning, customer service and order fulfillment among other business-critical processes. Consistent and efficient operation of the computer hardware and software systems is imperative to the successful sales and earnings performance of the various businesses in many countries.
Despite efforts to prevent such situations, and insurance policies that partially mitigate these risks; the Company’s systems may be affected by damage or interruption from, among other causes, power outages, computer viruses, or security breaches. Computer hardware and storage equipment that is integral to efficient operations, such as e-mail, telephone and other functionality, is concentrated in certain physical locations in the various continents in which the Company operates.
In addition, the Company is planning system conversions to SAP to provide a common platform across most of its businesses. There can be no assurances that expected expense synergies will be achieved or that there will not be delays to the expected timing. It is possible the costs to complete the system conversions may exceed current expectations, and that significant costs may be incurred that will require immediate expense recognition as opposed to capitalization. The risk of disruption to key operations is increased when complex system changes such as the SAP conversions are undertaken. If systems fail to function effectively, or become damaged, operational delays may ensue and the Company may be forced to make significant expenditures to remedy such issues. Any significant disruption in the Company’s computer operations could have a material adverse impact on its business and results of operations.
The Company’s operations are significantly dependent on infrastructure, notably certain distribution centers and security alarm monitoring facilities which are concentrated in various geographic locations. If any of these were to experience a catastrophic loss, such as a fire, earthquake, hurricane, or flood, it could disrupt operations, delay production, shipments and revenue and result in large expenses to repair or replace the facility. The Company maintains business interruption insurance, but it may not fully protect the Company against all adverse effects that could result from significant disruptions.
Unforeseen events, including war, terrorism and other international conflicts and public health issues, whether occurring in the United States or abroad, could disrupt our operations, disrupt the operations of our suppliers or customers, or result in political or economic instability. These events could reduce demand for our products and make it difficult or impossible for us to manufacture our products, deliver products to customers, or to receive products from suppliers.
If the investments in employee benefit plans do not perform as expected, the Company may have to contribute additional amounts to these plans, which would otherwise be available to cover operating and other expenses.
The Company sponsors pension and other post-retirement defined benefit plans. The Company’s defined benefit plan assets are currently invested in equity securities, bonds and other fixed income securities, and money market instruments. The Company’s funding policy is generally to contribute amounts determined annually on an actuarial basis to provide for current and future benefits in accordance with applicable law which require, among other things, that the Company make cash contributions to under-funded pension plans. The Company expects to contribute approximately $100 million in cash to its defined benefit plans in 2010.
There can be no assurance that the value of the defined benefit plan assets, or the investment returns on those plan assets, will be sufficient in the future. It is therefore possible that the Company may be required to make higher cash contributions to the plans in future years which would reduce the cash available for other business purposes, and that the Company will have to recognize a significant pension liability adjustment which would decrease the net assets of the Company and result in higher expense in future years. The fair value of these assets at April 3, 2010 was approximately $1.4 billion.
The Company is exposed to credit risk on its accounts receivable.
The Company’s outstanding trade receivables are not generally covered by collateral or credit insurance. While the Company has procedures to monitor and limit exposure to credit risk on its trade and non-trade receivables, there can be no assurance such procedures will effectively limit its credit risk and avoid losses, which could have an adverse affect on the Company’s financial condition and operating results.

49


Table of Contents

Low demand for new products and the inability to develop and introduce new products at favorable margins could adversely impact our performance and prospects for future growth.
Our competitive advantage is due in part to our ability to develop and introduce new products in a timely manner at favorable margins. The uncertainties associated with developing and introducing new products, such as market demand and costs of development and production may impede the successful development and introduction of new products on a consistent basis. Introduction of new technology may result in higher costs to us than that of the technology replaced. That increase in costs, which may continue indefinitely or until and if increased demand and greater availability in the sources of the new technology drive down its cost, could adversely affect our results of operations. Market acceptance of the new products introduced in recent years and scheduled for introduction in 2010 may not meet sales expectations due to various factors, such as our failure to accurately predict market demand, end-user preferences, and evolving industry standards, to resolve technical and technological challenges in a timely and cost-effective manner, and to achieve manufacturing efficiencies. Our investments in productive capacity and commitments to fund advertising and product promotions in connection with these new products could be excessive if those expectations are not met.
Our products could be subject to product liability claims and litigation.
We manufacture products that create exposure to product liability claims and litigation. If our products are not properly manufactured or designed, personal injuries or property damage could result, which could subject us to claims for damages. The costs associated with defending product liability claims and payment of damages could be substantial. Our reputation could also be adversely affected by such claims, whether or not successful.
Our products could be recalled.
The Consumer Product Safety Commission or other applicable regulatory bodies may require the recall, repair or replacement of our products if those products are found not to be in compliance with applicable standards or regulations. A recall could increase costs and adversely impact our reputation.
ITEM 2. UNREGISTERED SALES OF EQUITY SECURITIES AND USE OF PROCEEDS
Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
The following table provides information about the Company’s purchases of equity securities that are registered by the Company pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act during the three months ended April 3, 2010:
                                 
    (a)             Total Number     Maximum Number  
    Total             Of Shares     Of Shares That  
    Number Of     Average Price     Purchased As     May Yet Be  
    Shares     Paid Per     Part Of A Publicly     Purchased Under  
2010   Purchased     Share     Announced Program     The Program  
January 4 — February 7
        $              
February 8 — March 7
    541     $ 56.07              
March 8 — April 4
        $              
 
                       
 
    541     $ 56.07              
 
                       
As of May 12, 2010, 7.8 million shares of common stock remain authorized for repurchase. The Company may repurchase shares in the open market or through privately negotiated transactions from time to time pursuant to this prior authorization to the extent management deems warranted based on a number of factors, including the level of acquisition activity, the market price of the Company’s common stock and the current financial condition of the Company.
 
(a)   The shares of common stock in this column were deemed surrendered to the Company by participants in various of the Company’s benefit plans to satisfy the taxes related to the vesting or delivery of a combination of restricted share units and long-term incentive shares under those plans.
ITEM 5. EXHIBITS
     
(3)(i)
  Restated Certificate of Incorporation dated September 15, 1998.
 
   
(ii)
  Certificate of Amendment to the Restated Certificate of Incorporation dated December 21, 2009.
 
   
(iii)
  Certificate of Amendment to the Restated Certificate of Incorporation dated March 12, 2010.

50


Table of Contents

     
(iv)
  Amended and Restated Bylaws (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 12, 2010).
 
   
4(i)
  Second Supplemental Indenture dated as of March 12, 2010 to the Indenture dated as of November 1, 2002 between The Stanley Works and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, as successor trustee to JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 12, 2010).
 
   
(ii)(a)
  Indenture, dated as of June 26, 1998, by and among Black & Decker Holdings Inc., as Issuer, The Black & Decker Corporation, as Guarantor, and The First National Bank of Chicago, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.9 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 12, 2010).
 
   
(b)
  First Supplemental Indenture dated as of March 12, 2010, to the Indenture dated as of June 26, 1998, by and among Black & Decker Holdings, Inc., as issuer, The Black & Decker Corporation, as guarantor and The First National Bank of Chicago, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 12, 2010).
 
   
(iii)(a)
  Indenture, dated as of June 5, 2001, between The Black & Decker Corporation and The Bank of New York, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.8 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 12, 2010).
 
   
(b)
  First Supplemental Indenture dated as of March 12, 2010, to the Indenture dated as of June 5, 2001, between The Black & Decker Corporation and The Bank of New York Mellon (formerly, The Bank of New York), as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 12, 2010).
 
   
(iv)(a)
  Indenture, dated as of October 18, 2004, between The Black & Decker Corporation and The Bank of New York, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.7 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 12, 2010).
 
   
(b)
  First Supplemental Indenture dated as of March 12, 2010, to the Indenture dated as of October 18, 2004 between The Black & Decker Corporation and The Bank of New York Mellon (formerly, The Bank of New York) as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 12, 2010).
 
   
(v)(a)
  Indenture, dated as of November 16, 2006, between The Black & Decker Corporation and The Bank of New York, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 12, 2010).
 
   
(b)
  First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of November 16, 2006, between The Black & Decker Corporation and The Bank of New York, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6(a) to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 12, 2010).
 
   
(c)
  Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of April 3, 2009, between The Black & Decker Corporation and The Bank of New York Mellon (formerly known as The Bank of New York), as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6(b) to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 12, 2010).
 
   
(d)
  Third Supplemental Indenture dated as of March 12, 2010, to the Indenture dated as of November 16, 2006 between The Black & Decker Corporation, and The Bank of New York Mellon (formerly, The Bank of New York), as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 12, 2010).
 
   
(10)(i)
  364-Day Credit Agreement dated as of March 12, 2010, among Stanley Black & Decker, Inc., The Black & Decker Corporation, as Subsidiary Guarantor, and each of the initial lenders named therein, Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and Banc of America Securities LLC, as Lead Arrangers and Book Runners, and Bank of America, N.A., as Syndication Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 12, 2010).
 
   
(ii)
  Amendment No. 2 dated as of March 12, 2010 to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of February 27, 2008, as amended, among Stanley Black & Decker, Inc. (formerly known as The Stanley Works), the Lenders party thereto and Citibank, N.A. as Agent for the Lenders.
 
   
(iii)
  Executive Chairman Agreement dated as of November 2, 2009, among The Stanley Works and Nolan D. Archibald (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 3, 2009)*.

51


Table of Contents

     
(iv)
  Second Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated as of November 2, 2009, among The Stanley Works and John F. Lundgren (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 3, 2009) *.
 
   
(v)
  Employment Agreement, dated as of November 2, 2009, among The Stanley Works and James M. Loree (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 3, 2009)*.
 
   
(vi)(a)
  The Stanley Works 2009 Long-Term Incentive Plan (as amended March 12, 2010)(incorporated by reference Exhibit 4.7 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 Reg. No. 333-165454 filed on March 12, 2010)*.
 
   
(b)
  Form of award letter for restricted stock unit grants to executive officers pursuant to the Company’s 2009 Long Term Incentive Plan (as amended March 12, 2010)*.
 
   
(c)
  Form of stock option certificate for executive officers pursuant to the Company’s 2009 Long Term Incentive Plan (as amended March 12, 2010)*.
 
   
(d)
  Terms of special one-time award of restricted stock units to John F. Lundgren under his employment agreement and The Stanley Works 2009 Long-Term Incentive Plan (as amended March 12, 2010).*
 
   
(e)
  Terms of special one-time award of restricted stock units to James M. Loree under his employment agreement and The Stanley Works 2009 Long-Term Incentive Plan (as amended March 12, 2010).*
 
   
(f)
  Terms of special one-time grant of stock options to Nolan D. Archibald under his executive chairman agreement and The Stanley Works 2009 Long-Term Incentive Plan (as amended March 12, 2010).*
 
   
(vii)
  The Black & Decker 1992 Stock Option Plan, as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.9 to the Company’s Post -Effective Amendment No. 1 on Form S-8 to Form S-4 Registration Statement (Registration No. 333-163509) filed on March 12, 2010)*.
 
   
(viii)
  The Black & Decker 1995 Stock Option Plan for Non-Employee Directors, as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.12 to the Company’s Post -Effective Amendment No. 1 on Form S-8 to Form S-4 Registration Statement (Registration No. 333-163509) filed on March 12, 2010)*.
 
   
(ix)
  The Black & Decker 1996 Stock Option Plan, as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 12, 2010)*.
 
   
(x)
  The Black & Decker 2003 Stock Option Plan, as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 12, 2010)*.
 
   
(xi)(a)
  The Black & Decker Corporation 2004 Restricted Stock Plan*.
 
   
(b)
  Form of Restricted Share Agreement relating to The Black & Decker Corporation 2004 Restricted Stock Plan*.
 
   
(xii)(a)
  The Black & Decker 2008 Restricted Stock Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.10 to the Company’s Post -Effective Amendment No. 1 on Form S-8 to Form S-4 Registration Statement (Registration No. 333-163509) filed on March 12, 2010)*.
 
   
(b)
  Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement relating to The Black & Decker Corporation 2008 Restricted Stock Plan*.
 
   
(xiii)
  The Black & Decker Non-Employee Directors Stock Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.11 to the Company’s Post -Effective Amendment No. 1 on Form S-8 To Form S-4 Registration Statement (Registration No. 333-163509) filed on March 12, 2010)*.

52


Table of Contents

     
(xix)
  Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement relating to The Black & Decker Corporation’s stock option plans*.
 
   
(xx)
  The Black & Decker Supplemental Pension Plan, as amended and restated*.
 
   
(xxi)
  First Amendment to The Black & Decker Supplemental Pension Plan*.
 
   
(xxii)
  The Black & Decker Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, as amended and restated*.
 
   
(11)
  Statement re-computation of per share earnings (the information required to be presented in this exhibit appears in Note C to the Company’s Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements set forth in this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q).
 
   
(31)(i)(a)
  Certification by Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)
 
   
(i)(b)
  Certification by Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)
 
   
(32)(i)
  Certification by Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
   
(ii)
  Certification by Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
*   Management contract or compensation plan or arrangement.

53


Table of Contents

SIGNATURE
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.
         
  STANLEY BLACK & DECKER, INC.
 
 
Date: May 13, 2010  By:   /s/ Donald Allan Jr.    
    Donald Allan Jr.    
    Senior Vice President
and Chief Financial Officer 
 
 

54

Exhibit 3(i)
RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF THE STANLEY WORKS
      Section 1 . That The Stanley Works, a corporation organized and hitherto and still conducting its business under the joint stock laws of this state, and located and having its principal office at New Britain, may, and shall hereafter, have the right to exercise its corporate franchise, and have and enjoy all the rights, powers and privileges herein granted, and whenever it shall have accepted this resolution by a vote of its shareholders, at a meeting duly called for that purpose, may conduct and carry on its business under the provisions hereof, exclusively, in the same way and manner and to the same extent in all respects as if said corporation had been originally organized under a charter containing like provisions; and the capital stock of said corporation, the shareholders therein, and the number of shares by them respectively held, shall be the same as now existing in said joint stock corporation, inclusive of original and increased capital stock thereof.
      Section 2 . Said Stanley Works shall be and remain a body politic and corporate by the name of The Stanley Works, located at said New Britain, and shall have and enjoy its said corporate franchise, and all the rights and privileges herein granted, for the purpose of manufacturing, buying, and selling, and dealing in all kinds of metal and hardware, and all articles composed in whole or in part of metal, wood, or other substance, which it shall deem expedient, and to do such other things as are incident to the prosecution of said business, and to exercise such mercantile powers as may be convenient and necessary for the successful prosecution of said business, and in and by said corporate name said corporation shall be and is hereby vested with the title to all the goods, chattels, lands, buildings, machinery, property, choses in action, trademarks, and effects of whatever nature heretofore acquired by and now belonging to said corporation, and is hereby authorized and empowered in addition thereto to purchase, take, hold, occupy, and enjoy to
September 15, 1998

-1-


 

itself and assigns any such property, real, personal, or of whatever other nature, including letters patent, as will enable it the better to carry on said business to advantage, and the same may manage, control, convey, lease, sell, and dispose of at pleasure, and may take and execute leases of real estate.
      Section 3 . The stock of said corporation shall consist of 210,000,000 shares, divided into 200,000,000 common shares of the par value of $2.50 per share and 10,000,000 preferred shares, without par value. The Board of Directors is authorized to fix and determine the terms, limitations and relative rights and preferences of the preferred shares including, without limitation, any voting rights thereof, to divide the preferred shares into and to issue the same in series, to fix and determine the variations among series to the extent permitted by law, and, within the limits from time to time of the authorized but unissued common shares to provide that preferred shares, or any series thereof, may be convertible into the same or a different number of common shares.
     Shareholders, whether of common or preferred shares, shall have no pre-emptive rights with respect to any of the common or preferred shares. Upon conversion of preferred shares into common shares, the preferred shares surrendered in such conversion shall be retired unless the Board of Directors takes specific action that the same be canceled.
     Without limiting the powers now possessed by it, said corporation is vested with all the privileges and powers enumerated in the general corporation laws of this state as now existing or hereafter amended. Its officers and directors shall have the powers given to directors and officers of corporations in said general corporation laws. Said corporation is authorized to add to and otherwise amend its corporate powers and purposes in the extent and manner permitted to corporations organized under said general corporation laws, provided that the subject matter of such changes could have been lawfully inserted in the original
September 15, 1998

-2-


 

certificate of incorporation of a corporation organized under said general corporation laws and provided further that certificates of such changes be filed with the secretary of the state as therein provided.
      Section 4 . The stock, property and affairs of said corporation shall be managed by a Board consisting of not less than nine nor more then eighteen directors, the exact number to be determined by the Board of Directors from time to time. The Board of Directors shall be divided into three classes designated Class I, Class II and Class III. Such classes shall be as nearly equal in number as the then total number of directors constituting the entire Board permits. At the 1983 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, or any special meeting in lieu thereof, four Class I, five Class II and five Class III directors shall be elected for initial terms expiring at the next succeeding annual meeting, the second succeeding annual meeting and the third succeeding annual meeting, respectively, and when their respective successors are elected and qualified. At each annual meeting of shareholders after 1983, the directors chosen to succeed those in the class whose terms expire shall be elected by shareholders for terms expiring at the third succeeding annual meeting after election, or for such lesser term as may be appropriate in the particular case in order to assure that the number of directors in each class shall remain constant, and when their respective successors are elected and qualified. The directors may increase the number of directorships by the concurring vote of directors holding a majority of the directorships. Any vacancy on the Board that is created by an increase in the number of directors may be filled for the unexpired term by the concurring vote of directors holding a majority of the directorships, which number of directorships shall be the number prior to the vote on the increase. Any other vacancy which occurs on the Board may be filled for the unexpired term by the concurring vote of a majority of the remaining directors in office, though such remaining directors are less than a quorum, and though such majority is less than a quorum, or by action of the sole remaining director in office. Newly created directorships or any decrease in directorships
September 15, 1998

-3-


 

resulting from increases or decreases in the number of directors shall be so apportioned among the classes of directors as to make all the classes as nearly equal in number as possible. No reduction of the number of directorships shall remove or shorten the term of any director in office.
     Any director may be removed from office but only for cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of the shares entitled to vote for the election of directors, considered for this purpose as one class.
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, whenever the holders of any one or more classes or series of preferred stock issued by said corporation shall have the right, voting separately by class or series, to elect directors at an annual or special meeting of shareholders, the election, term of office, filling of vacancies and other features of such directorships shall be governed by any terms of this Certificate of Incorporation of said corporation applicable thereto, and such directors so elected shall not be divided into classes pursuant to this Section 4 unless expressly provided by such terms.
     In the event of a vacancy among the directors so elected by the holders of preferred stock, the remaining preferred directors may fill the vacancy for the unexpired term.
      Section 5 . The existing by-laws of said corporation shall continue in force until the same are altered or repealed by the Board of Directors or a vote of the shareholders; the shareholders, at any legal meeting, shall have power to alter or repeal said by-laws, and to make or establish such other by-laws, rules and regulations, not inconsistent with the laws of this state or with Section 10 of this Certificate of Incorporation, as they may deem expedient for the management of the affairs of the corporation, and may alter or repeal the same; and said directors may, as often as the interests of the shareholders require and the affairs of said corporation will permit, declare a dividend of profits on each share, which shall be paid by the treasurer of said corporation.
September 15, 1998

-4-


 

      Section 6 : (a) The affirmative vote of the holders of not less than 80% of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the corporation entitled to vote shall be required for the approval or authorization of any “Business Combination” (as hereinafter defined) involving an “Interested Shareholder” (as hereinafter defined); provided, however, that the 80% voting requirement shall not be applicable if:
(1) The “Continuing Directors” (as hereinafter defined) of the corporation by a two-thirds vote have expressly approved such Business Combination either in advance of or subsequent to such Interested Shareholder’s having become an Interested Shareholder; or
(2) The following conditions are satisfied:
     (A) The aggregate amount of the cash and the “Fair Market Value” (as hereinafter defined) of the property, securities or “Other Consideration” (as hereinafter defined) to be received per share by holders of capital stock of the corporation in the Business Combination, other than the Interested Shareholder involved in the Business Combination, is not less than the “Highest Per Share Price” or the “Highest Equivalent Price” (as hereinafter defined) paid by the Interested Shareholder in acquiring any of its holdings of the corporation’s capital stock; and
     (B) A proxy statement complying with the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, shall have been mailed to all shareholders of the corporation for the purpose of soliciting shareholder approval of the Business Combination. The proxy statement shall contain at the front thereof, in a prominent place, the position of the Continuing Directors as to the advisability (or inadvisability) of the Business Combination and, if deemed advisable by a majority of the Continuing Directors, the opinion of an investment banking firm selected by the Continuing Directors as to the fairness of the terms of the Business Combination, from the point
September 15, 1998

-5-


 

of view of the holders of outstanding shares of capital stock of the corporation other than any Interested Shareholder.
     Such 80% vote shall be required notwithstanding the fact that no vote may be required or that a lesser percentage may be specified by law or in any agreement with any national securities exchange or otherwise.
(b) For purposes of this Section 6:
(1) The term “Business Combination” shall mean
     (A) any merger, consolidation or share exchange of the corporation or a subsidiary of the corporation with or into an Interested Shareholder, in each case without regard to which entity is the surviving entity;
     (B) any sale, lease, exchange, transfer or other disposition, including without limitation a mortgage or any other security device, of all or any “Substantial Part” (as hereinafter defined) of the assets of the corporation (including without limitation any voting securities of a subsidiary of the corporation) or a subsidiary of the corporation to an Interested Shareholder (in one transaction or a series of transactions);
     (C) any sale, lease, exchange, transfer or other disposition, including without limitation a mortgage or any other security device, of all or any Substantial Part of the assets of an Interested Shareholder to the corporation or a subsidiary of the corporation;
     (D) the issuance or transfer of any securities of the corporation or a subsidiary of the corporation by the corporation or any of its subsidiaries to an Interested Shareholder (other than an issuance or
September 15, 1998

-6-


 

transfer of securities which is effected on a pro rata basis to all shareholders of the corporation);
     (E) any recapitalization that would have the effect of increasing the voting power of an Interested Shareholder;
     (F) the issuance or transfer by an Interested Shareholder of any securities of such Interested Shareholder to the corporation or a subsidiary of the corporation (other than an issuance or transfer of securities which is effected on a pro rata basis to all shareholders of the Interested Shareholder);
     (G) the adoption of any plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the corporation proposed by or on behalf of an Interested Shareholder; or
     (H) any agreement, contract or other arrangement providing for any of the transactions described in this definition of Business Combination.
     (2) The term “Interested Shareholder” shall mean and include any individual, partnership, corporation or other person or entity which, as of the record date for the determination of shareholders entitled to notice of and to vote on any Business Combination, or immediately prior to the consummation of such transaction, together with its “Affiliates” and “Associates” (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as in effect at the date of the adoption of this Article by the shareholders of the corporation [collectively, and as so in effect, the “Exchange Act”]), are “Beneficial Owners” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act) in the aggregate of 10% or more of the outstanding shares of any class of capital stock of the corporation, and any Affiliate or Associate of any such individual, corporation, partnership or other person or entity. Notwithstanding any provision of Rule
September 15, 1998

-7-


 

13d-3 to the contrary, an entity shall be deemed to be the Beneficial Owner of any share of capital stock of the corporation that such entity has the right to acquire at any time pursuant to any agreement, or upon exercise of conversion rights, warrants or options, or otherwise.
     (3) The term “Substantial Part” shall mean more than 20% of the fair market value, as determined by two-thirds of the Continuing Directors, of the total consolidated assets of the corporation and its subsidiaries taken as a whole as of the end of its most recent fiscal year ended prior to the time the determination is being made.
     (4) The term “Other Consideration” shall include, without limitation, Common Stock or other capital stock of the corporation retained by shareholders of the corporation other than Interested Shareholders or parties to such Business Combination in the event of a Business Combination in which the corporation is the surviving corporation.
     (5) The term “Continuing Director” shall mean a director who is unaffiliated with any Interested Shareholder and either (A) was a member of the Board of Directors of the corporation immediately prior to the time that the Interested Shareholder involved in a Business Combination became an Interested Shareholder or (B) was designated (before his or her initial election or appointment as director) as a Continuing Director by a majority of the then Continuing Directors.
     (6) The terms “Highest Per Share Price” and “Highest Equivalent Price” as used in this Section 6 shall mean the following: if there is only one class of capital stock of the corporation issued and outstanding, the Highest Per Share Price shall mean the highest price that can be determined to have been paid at any time by the Interested Shareholder for any share or shares of that class of capital stock. If there is more than one class of capital stock of the corporation issued and
September 15, 1998

-8-


 

outstanding, the Highest Equivalent Price shall mean with respect to each class and series of capital stock of the corporation, the amount determined by a majority of the Continuing Directors, on whatever basis they believe is appropriate, to be the highest per share price equivalent of the Highest Per Share Price that can be determined to have been paid at any time by the Interested Shareholder for any share or shares of any class of securities of capital stock of the corporation. In determining the Highest Per Share Price and Highest Equivalent Price, all purchases by the Interested Shareholder shall be taken into account regardless of whether the shares were purchased before or after the Interested Shareholder became an Interested Shareholder. Also, the Highest Per Share Price and the Highest Equivalent Price shall include any brokerage commissions, transfer taxes, soliciting dealers’ fees and other expenses paid by the Interested Shareholder with respect to the shares of capital stock of the corporation acquired by the Interested Shareholder. In the case of any Business Combination with an Interested Shareholder the Continuing Directors shall determine the Highest Per Share Price and the Highest Equivalent Price for each class and series of capital stock of the corporation.
     (7) The term “Fair Market Value” shall mean (A) in the case of stock, the highest closing sale price during the 30-day period immediately preceding the date in question of a share of such stock on the Composite Tape for New York Stock Exchange Listed Stocks, or, if such stock is not quoted on the Composite Tape, on the New York Stock Exchange, or, if such stock is not listed on such Exchange, on the principal United States securities exchange registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 on which such stock is listed, or, if such stock is not listed on any such exchange, the highest closing bid quotation with respect to a share of such stock during the 30-day period preceding the date in question on the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. Automated Quotations System or any system then in use, or
September 15, 1998

-9-


 

if no such quotations are available, the fair market value on the date in question of a share of such stock as determined by a two-thirds vote of the Continuing Directors in good faith; and (B) in the case of property other than stock or cash, the fair market value of such property on the date in question as determined by a two-thirds vote of the Continuing Directors in good faith.
     (c) The determination of the Continuing Directors as to Fair Market Value, Highest Per Share Price, Highest Equivalent Price, and the existence of an Interested Shareholder or a Business Combination shall be conclusive and binding.
     (d) Nothing contained in this Section 6 shall be construed to relieve any Interested Shareholder from any fiduciary obligation imposed by law.
     (e) The fact that any Business Combination complies with the provisions of paragraph (a)(2) of this Section 6 shall not be construed to impose any fiduciary duty, obligation or responsibility on the Board of Directors, or any member thereof, to approve such Business Combination or recommend its adoption or approval to the shareholders of the corporation, nor shall such compliance limit, prohibit or otherwise restrict in any manner the Board of Directors, or any member thereof, with respect to evaluations of or actions and responses taken with respect to such Business Combination.
     (f) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Certificate of Incorporation or the By-Laws of the corporation, the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than 80% of the outstanding shares of capital stock shall be required to amend, alter, change, or repeal, or adopt any provisions inconsistent with, this Section 6.
      Section 7 . Said corporation by vote of its directors may, from time to time, acquire and hold its own stock for distribution among its employees, and may so distribute and sell such stock at not less than par among such of its
September 15, 1998

-10-


 

employees, not including any director, as in the judgment of its directors will best promote the interests of said company or the welfare of its employees, in such manner and upon such terms as said directors may by vote determine, provided said corporation shall not at any time acquire or hold more than ten percentum of its outstanding capital stock for such purposes, and provided no such stock shall be acquired when said company is insolvent or so as to render it immediately insolvent. Said corporation shall not vote upon shares of its own stock so acquired or held.
      Section 8 . Said company is hereby authorized to transmit power, for use in its manufacturing business only, from the town of Kent to its manufacturing plant in New Britain by means of poles, wires, fixtures, or otherwise, over land or private rights of way which it may purchase from the owners thereof or persons interested therein, and in so doing may cross over highways with its wires, without running along said highways, however; said rights to cross such highways to be exercised in conformity with the provisions of sections 3903 to 3910, both inclusive, of the general statutes.
      Section 9 . (The act validating certain conveyances from the American Tube and Stamping Company to The Stanley Works approved April 12, 1927 and an act validating a conveyance from The Stanley Works to Northeastern Steel Corporation approved April 20, 1955 are both omitted because no longer significant as a part of the Certificate of Incorporation of The Stanley Works.)
      Section 10 . Except to the extent prohibited by law, the Board of Directors shall have the right (which, to the extent exercised, shall be exclusive) to establish the rights, powers, duties, rules and procedures that from time to time shall govern the Board of Directors and each of its members, including without limitation the vote required for any action by the Board of Directors, and that from time to time shall affect the directors’ power to manage the business and affairs of the corporation; and no bylaw shall be adopted by shareholders which shall impair or impede the implementation
September 15, 1998

-11-


 

of the foregoing.
      Section 11 . A director of the corporation shall not be personally liable to the corporation or its shareholders for monetary damages in excess of the compensation received by the director for serving the corporation during the year of the violation to the extent such exemption from liability is permitted under the Connecticut Stock Corporations Act as the same exists. If the Connecticut Stock Corporations Act is amended hereafter to authorize corporate action further limiting or eliminating the personal liability of directors for monetary damages, then the liability of a director of the corporation shall be limited or eliminated to the fullest extent permitted by the amended Connecticut Stock Corporations Act. Any repeal or modification of this Section or adoption of an inconsistent provision shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification.
September 15, 1998

-12-

Exhibit 3(ii)
CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT
TO THE
RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
THE STANLEY WORKS
     The Stanley Works, a corporation organized and existing under the Connecticut Business Corporation Act (the “ CBCA ”), does hereby certify:
      1: The name of the corporation is The Stanley Works (the “ Corporation ”).
      2: The Restated Certificate of Incorporation is amended by the addition of the provisions set forth on Exhibit A hereto, to immediately follow Section 3 and immediately precede Section 4 of the Corporation’s Restated Certificate of Incorporation.
      3: The amendment was adopted by resolution of the Board of Directors on December 10, 2009, which further confirmed, adopted and approved the actions of the Board of Directors on January 31, 1996.
      4: The amendment was approved by the Board of Directors. No Shareholder approval was required.
[Signature page follows]

 


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Corporation has caused this Certificate of Amendment to the Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be duly executed this 21st day of December, 2009.
         
  THE STANLEY WORKS
 
 
  By:   /s/ Kathryn P. Sherer    
    Name:   Kathryn P. Sherer   
    Title:   Assistant Secretary   

2


 

         
Exhibit A
Text of Amendment
     “Section 3A. There shall be a series of Preferred Stock, without par value, of said corporation having the voting powers, designation, preferences and relative, participating, optional and other special rights and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions of such rights, to the extent that the foregoing are not set forth elsewhere in this Certificate of Incorporation, as follows:
          (a) Designation and Amount. The shares of such series shall be designated as “Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock” and the number of shares constituting such series shall be 1,100,000.
          (b) Dividends and Distributions.
          (l) Subject to the prior and superior rights of the holders of any shares of any series of Preferred Stock ranking prior and superior to the shares of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock with respect to dividends, the holders of shares of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors out of funds legally available for the purpose, quarterly dividends payable in cash on the last day of February, May, August and November in each year (each such date being referred to herein as a “Quarterly Dividend Payment Date”), commencing on the first Quarterly Dividend Payment Date after the first issuance of a share or fraction of a share of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock, in an amount per share (rounded to the nearest cent) equal to the greater of (a) $20 or (b) subject to the provision for adjustment hereinafter set forth, 200 times the aggregate per share amount of all cash dividends, and 200 times the aggregate per share amount (payable in kind) of all non-cash dividends or other distributions other than a dividend payable in shares of Common Stock or a subdivision of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (by reclassification or otherwise), declared on the Common Stock, $2.50 par value, of said corporation (the “Common Stock”) since the immediately preceding Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, or, with respect to the first Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, since the first issuance of any share or fraction of a share of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock. In the event said corporation shall at any time (i) declare any dividend on Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock, (ii) subdivide the outstanding Common Stock, (iii) combine the outstanding Common Stock into a smaller number of shares, or (iv) issue any shares of its capital stock in a reclassification of the outstanding Common Stock, then in each such case the amount to which holders of shares of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock were entitled immediately prior to such event under clause (a) and clause (b) of the preceding sentence shall be adjusted by multiplying each such amount by a fraction the numerator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after such event and the denominator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock that were outstanding immediately prior to such event.


 

          (2) The corporation shall declare a dividend or distribution on the Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock as provided in paragraph (1) above immediately after it declares a dividend or distribution on the Common Stock (other than a dividend payable in shares of Common Stock); provided that, in the event no dividend or distribution shall have been declared on the Common Stock during the period between any Quarterly Dividend Payment Date and the next subsequent Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, a dividend of $20 per share on the Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock shall nevertheless be payable on such subsequent Quarterly Dividend Payment Date.
          (3) Dividends shall begin to accrue and be cumulative on outstanding shares of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock from the Quarterly Dividend Payment Date next preceding the date of issue of such shares of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock, unless the date of issue of such shares is prior to the record date for the first Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, in which case dividends on such shares shall begin to accrue from the date of issue of such shares, or unless the date of issue is a Quarterly Dividend Payment Date or is a date after the record date for the determination of holders of shares of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock entitled to receive a quarterly dividend and before such Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, in either of which events such dividends shall begin to accrue and be cumulative from such Quarterly Dividend Payment Date. Accrued but unpaid dividends shall not bear interest. Dividends paid on the shares of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock in an amount less than the total amount of such dividends at the time accrued and payable on such shares shall be allocated pro rata on a share-by-share basis among all such shares at the time outstanding. The Board of Directors may fix a record date for the determination of holders of shares of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock entitled to receive payment of a dividend or distribution declared thereon, which record date shall be no more than 30 days prior to the date fixed for the payment thereof.
          (c) Voting Rights. The holders of shares of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock shall have the following voting rights:
          (1) Subject to the provision for adjustment hereinafter set forth, each share of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock shall entitle the holder thereof to 200 votes on all matters submitted to a vote of the shareholders of said corporation. In the event said corporation shall at any time (i) declare any dividend on Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock, (ii) subdivide the outstanding Common Stock, (iii) combine the outstanding Common Stock into a smaller number of shares, or (iv) issue any shares of its capital stock in a reclassification of the outstanding Common Stock, then in each such case the number of votes per share to which holders of shares of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock were entitled immediately prior to such event shall be adjusted by multiplying such number by a fraction the numerator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after such event and the denominator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock that were outstanding immediately prior to such event.

2


 

          (2) Except as otherwise provided herein or by law, the holders of shares of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock and the holders of shares of Common Stock shall vote together as one class on all matters submitted to a vote of shareholders of said corporation.
     (3) (A) If at any time dividends on any Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock shall be in arrears in an amount equal to six (6) quarterly dividends thereon, the occurrence of such contingency shall mark the beginning of a period (herein called a “default period”) which shall extend until such time when all accrued and unpaid dividends for all previous quarterly dividend periods and for the current quarterly dividend period on all shares of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock then outstanding shall have been declared and paid or set apart for payment. During each default period, the holders of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock shall have the right to elect two (2) Directors.
          (B) During any default period, such voting right of the holders of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock may be exercised initially at a special meeting called pursuant to subparagraph (c)(3)(C) of this Section 3A or at any annual meeting of shareholders, and thereafter at annual meetings of shareholders, provided that such voting right shall not be exercised unless the holders of ten percent (l0%) in number of shares of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock outstanding shall be present in person or by proxy. The absence of a quorum of the holders of Common Stock shall not affect the exercise by the holders of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock of such voting right. At any meeting at which the holders of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock shall exercise such voting right initially during an existing default period, they shall have the right, to elect Directors to fill such vacancies, if any, in the Board of Directors as may then exist up to two (2) Directors or, if such right is exercised at an annual meeting, to elect two (2) Directors. If the number which may be so elected at any special meeting does not amount to the required number, the holders of the Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock shall have the right to make such increase in the number of Directors as shall be necessary to permit the election by them of the required number. After the holders of the Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock shall have exercised their right to elect Directors in any default period and during the continuance of such period, the number of Directors shall not be increased or decreased except by vote of the holders of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock as herein provided or pursuant to the rights of any equity securities ranking senior to or pari passu with the Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock.
          (C) Unless the holders of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock shall, during an existing default period, have previously exercised their right to elect Directors, the Board of Directors may order, or any person owning in the aggregate not less than ten percent (l 0%) of the total number of shares of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock outstanding (except as otherwise required under the laws of the State of Connecticut) may request, the

3


 

calling of a special meeting of the holders of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock, which meeting shall thereupon be called by the Chairman of the Board, the President, a Vice President or the Secretary of said corporation. Notice of such meeting and of any annual meeting at which holders of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock are entitled to vote pursuant to this subparagraph (c)(3)(C) shall be given to each holder of record of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock by mailing a copy of such notice to him at his last address as the same appears on the books of said corporation. Such meeting shall be called for a time not earlier than 10 days and not later than 60 days after such order or request; or in default of the calling of such meeting within 60 days after such order or request, such meeting may be called on similar notice by any shareholder or shareholders owning in the aggregate not less than ten percent (l 0%) of the total number of shares of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock outstanding (except as otherwise required under the laws of the State of Connecticut). Notwithstanding the provisions of this subparagraph (c)(3)(C), no such special meeting shall be called during the period within 60 days immediately preceding the date fixed for the next annual meeting of the shareholders.
          (D) In any default period the holders of Common Stock, and other classes of stock of said corporation if applicable, shall continue to be entitled to elect the whole number of Directors until the holders of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock shall have exercised their right to elect two (2) Directors after the exercise of which right (x) the Directors so elected by the holders of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock shall continue in office until their successors shall have been elected by such holders or until the expiration of the default period, and (y) any vacancy in the Board of Directors may (except as provided in sub-paragraph (c)(3)(C) of this Section 3A) be filled by vote of a majority of the remaining Directors theretofore elected by the holders of the class of stock which elected the Director whose office shall have become vacant. References in this paragraph (3) to Directors elected by the holders of a particular class of stock shall include Directors elected by such Directors to fill vacancies as provided in clause (y) of the foregoing sentence.
          (E) Immediately upon the expiration of a default period, (x) the right of the holders of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock to elect Directors shall cease, (y) the term of any Directors elected by the holders of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock shall terminate, and (z) the number of Directors shall be such number as may be provided for elsewhere in this Certificate of Incorporation or the By-laws of the corporation irrespective of any increase made pursuant to the provisions of subparagraph (c)(3)(B) of this Section 3A (such number being subject, however, to change thereafter in any manner provided by law or in this Certificate of Incorporation or the By-laws of the corporation). Any vacancies in the Board of Directors effected by the provisions of clauses (y) and (z) in the preceding sentence may be filled by a majority of the remaining Directors.

4


 

          (4) Except as set forth herein or as otherwise required under the laws of the State of Connecticut, holders of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock shall have no special voting rights and their consent shall not be required (except to the extent they are entitled to vote with holders of Common Stock as set forth herein) for taking any corporate action.
          (d) Certain Restrictions.
          (l) Whenever quarterly dividends or other dividends or distributions payable on the Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock as provided in paragraph (b) of this Section 3A are in arrears, thereafter and until all accrued and unpaid dividends and distributions, whether or not declared, on shares of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock outstanding shall have been paid in full, said corporation shall not:
          (A) declare or pay dividends on, make any other distributions on, or redeem or purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration any shares of stock ranking junior (either as to dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up) to the Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock;
          (B) declare or pay dividends on or make any other distributions on any shares of stock ranking on a parity (either as to dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up) with the Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock, except dividends paid ratably on the Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock and all such parity stock on which dividends are payable or in arrears in proportion to the total amounts to which the holders of all such shares are then entitled;
          (C) redeem or purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration shares of any stock ranking on a parity (either as to dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up) with the Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock, provided that said corporation may at any time redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire shares of any such parity stock in exchange for shares of any stock of said corporation ranking junior (either as to dividends or upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up) to the Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock; or
          (D) purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration any shares of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock, or any shares of stock ranking on a parity with the Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock, except in accordance with a purchase offer made in writing or by publication (as determined by the Board of Directors) to all holders of such shares upon such terms as the Board of Directors, after consideration of the respective annual dividend rates and other relative rights and preferences of the respective series and classes, shall determine in good faith will result in fair and equitable treatment among the respective series or classes.
          (2) The corporation shall not permit any subsidiary of said corporation to purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration any shares of stock of said corporation

5


 

unless said corporation could, under paragraph (d)(1) of this Section 3A, purchase or otherwise acquire such shares at such time and in such manner.
          (e) Reacquired Shares. Any shares of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock purchased or otherwise acquired by said corporation in any manner whatsoever shall be retired promptly after the acquisition thereof. All such shares shall upon their retirement become authorized but unissued shares of Preferred Stock and may be reissued as part of a new series of Preferred Stock to be created by resolution or resolutions of the Board of Directors, subject to the conditions and restrictions on issuance set forth herein.
          (f) Liquidation, Dissolution or Winding Up.
          (1) Upon any voluntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of said corporation, no distribution shall be made (1) to the holders of shares of stock ranking junior (either as to dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up) to the Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock unless, prior thereto, the holders of shares of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock shall have received $200 per share, plus an amount equal to accrued and unpaid dividends and distributions thereon, whether or not declared, to the date of such payment (the “Series A Liquidation Preference”). Following the payment of the full amount of the Series A Liquidation Preference, no additional distributions shall be made to the holders of shares of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock unless, prior thereto, the holders of shares of Common Stock shall have received an amount per share (the “Common Adjustment”) equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (i) the Series A Liquidation Preference by (ii) 200 (as appropriately adjusted as set forth in paragraph 3 below to reflect such events as stock splits, stock dividends and recapitalizations with respect to the Common Stock) (such number in clause (ii), the “Adjustment Number”). Following the payment of the full amount of the Series A Liquidation Preference and the Common Adjustment in respect of all outstanding shares of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock and Common Stock, respectively, holders of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock and holders of shares of Common Stock shall receive their ratable and proportionate share of the remaining assets to be distributed in the ratio of the Adjustment Number to 1 with respect to such Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock and Common Stock, on a per share basis, respectively.
          (2) In the event, however, that there are not sufficient assets available to permit payment in full of the Series A Liquidation Preference and the liquidation preferences of all other series of Preferred Stock, if any, which rank on a parity with the Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock, then such remaining assets shall be distributed ratably to the holders of such parity shares in proportion to their respective liquidation preferences. In the event, however, that there are not sufficient assets available to permit payment in full of the Common Adjustment, then such remaining assets shall be distributed ratably to the holders of Common Stock.
          (3) In the event said corporation shall at any time (i) declare any dividend on Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock, (ii) subdivide the outstanding Common Stock, (iii) combine the outstanding Common Stock into a smaller

6


 

number of shares, or (iv) issue any shares of its capital stock in a reclassification of the outstanding Common Stock, then in each such case the Adjustment Number in effect immediately prior to such event shall be adjusted by multiplying such Adjustment Number by a fraction the numerator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after such event and the denominator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock that were outstanding immediately prior to such event.
          (g) Consolidation, Merger, etc. In case said corporation shall enter into any consolidation, merger, combination or other transaction in which the shares of Common Stock are exchanged for or changed into other stock or securities, cash and/or any other property, then in any such case the shares of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock shall at the same time be similarly exchanged or changed in an amount per share (subject to the provision for adjustment hereinafter set forth) equal to 200 times the aggregate amount of stock, securities; cash and/or any other property (payable in kind), as the case may be, into which or for which each share of Common Stock is changed or exchanged. In the event said corporation shall at any time (i) declare any dividend on Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock, (ii) subdivide the outstanding Common Stock, (iii) combine the outstanding Common Stock into a smaller number of shares, or (iv) issue any shares of its capital stock in a re-classification of the outstanding Common Stock, then in each such case the amount set forth in the preceding sentence with respect to the exchange or change of shares of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock shall be adjusted by multiplying such amount by a fraction the numerator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after such event and the denominator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock that were outstanding immediately prior to such event.
          (h) No Redemption. The shares of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock shall not be redeemable.
          (i) Ranking. The Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock shall rank junior to all other series of said corporation’s Preferred Stock as to the payment of dividends and the distribution of assets, unless the terms of any such series shall provide otherwise.
          (i) Amendment. This Certificate of Incorporation shall not be amended in any manner which would materially alter or change the powers, preferences or special rights of the Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock so as to affect them adversely without the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority or more of the outstanding shares of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock.
          (k) Fractional Shares. Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock may be issued in fractions of a share (to the extent permitted under the laws of the State of Connecticut), which fractions of a share shall entitle the holder, in proportion to such holder’s fractional shares, to exercise voting rights, receive dividends, participate in distributions and to have the benefit of all other rights of holders of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock.”

7

Exhibit 3(iii)
CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT
TO THE
RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
THE STANLEY WORKS
March 12, 2010
     The Stanley Works, a corporation organized and existing under the Connecticut Business Corporation Act, does hereby certify:
     1: The name of the corporation is The Stanley Works (the “ Corporation ”).
     2: The Restated Certificate of Incorporation is amended to change the name of the Corporation from “The Stanley Works” to “Stanley Black & Decker, Inc.” and to increase the number of authorized shares of common stock of the Corporation from 200,000,000 to 300,000,000, as set forth below:
     A. Section 1 is hereby amended by deleting the name “The Stanley Works” contained therein, and substituting, in lieu thereof, the name “Stanley Black & Decker, Inc.”
     B. Section 2 is hereby amended by deleting the phrase “Said Stanley Works shall be and remain a body politic and corporate by the name of The Stanley Works”, and substituting, in lieu thereof, the following:
     “Said corporation shall be and remain a body politic and corporate by the name of Stanley Black & Decker, Inc.”
     C. The first sentence of Section 3 is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:
     “Section 3. The stock of said corporation shall consist of 310,000,000 shares, divided into 300,000,000 common shares of the par value of $2.50 per share and 10,000,000 preferred shares, without par value.”
    3: The amendment was adopted on March 12,2010, and shall become effective at 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on the date of filing by the Secretary of the State.
     4: The amendment was duly approved by the shareholders in the manner required by sections 33-600 to 33-998 of the Connecticut General Statutes, inclusive, and by the Restated Certificate of Incorporation.
[Signature page follows]

 


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Corporation has caused this Certificate of Amendment to the Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be duly executed as of the date first set forth above.
         
  THE STANLEY WORKS
 
 
  By:   /s/ Bruce H. Beatt    
    Name:   Bruce H. Beatt    
    Title:   Vice President, General Counsel
and Secretary 
 

2


 

     
STATE OF CONNECTICUT
}   SS. HARTFORD 
OFFICE OF THE SECRETARY OF THE STATE
I hereby certify that this is a true copy of record in this Office
in Testimony whereof, I have hereunto set my hand, and
affixed the Seal of said State, at Hartford,
this 12 th day of march A.D. 2010
     
[ILLEGIBLE]
 
SECRETARY OF THE STATE
   

 

Exhibit 10(ii)
EXECUTION COPY
AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO THE
AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT
Dated as of March [12], 2010
           AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO THE AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT among STANLEY BLACK & DECKER, INC. (formerly known as The Stanley Works), a Connecticut corporation (the “ Borrower ”), the Lenders executing this Amendment on the signature pages hereto and Citibank, N.A., as agent (the “ Agent ”) for the Lenders.
           PRELIMINARY STATEMENTS:
          (1) The Borrower, the banks, financial institutions and other institutional lenders parties to the Credit Agreement referred to below (collectively, the “ Lenders ”) and the Agent have entered into an Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of February 27, 2008, and Amendment No. 1 thereto dated as of February 17, 2009 (such Credit Agreement, as so amended, the “ Credit Agreement ”). Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Amendment have the same meanings as specified in the Credit Agreement.
          (2) The Borrower and the Required Lenders have agreed to further amend the Credit Agreement as hereinafter set forth.
          SECTION 1. Amendments to Credit Agreement . The Credit Agreement is, effective as of the date hereof and subject to the satisfaction of the conditions precedent set forth in Section 2, hereby amended as follows:
     (a) The definitions of “ Applicable Facility Fee Rate ”, “ Base Rate ”, “ EBITDA ”, “ Interest Coverage Ratio ” and “ Interest Expense ” in Section 1.01 are amended in full to read as follows:
     “ Applicable Facility Fee Rate ” means, on any date, a rate per annum equal to (i) 0.150% if on such date the Company’s outstanding Long-Term Indebtedness is rated A+ or higher by Standard & Poor’s, A1 or higher by Moody’s, or A+ or higher by Fitch, (ii) 0.200% if on such date clause (i) is inapplicable and the Company’s outstanding Long-Term Indebtedness is rated A or higher by Standard & Poor’s, A2 or higher by Moody’s, or A or higher by Fitch, (iii) 0.250% if on such date clauses (i) and (ii) are inapplicable and the Company’s outstanding Long-Term Indebtedness is rated A- or higher by Standard & Poor’s, A3 or higher by Moody’s, or A- or higher by Fitch, (iv) 0.300% if on such date clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) are inapplicable and the Company’s outstanding Long-Term Indebtedness is rated BBB+ or higher by Standard & Poor’s, Baa1 or higher by Moody’s, or BBB+ or higher by Fitch, and (v) 0.375% if on such date clauses (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv) are inapplicable (including if such Long-Term Indebtedness is no longer rated by any agency); provided that if the respective levels of the Company’s outstanding Long-Term Indebtedness credit ratings differ, the “Applicable Facility Fee Rate” will be determined based on, (a) if two of the ratings are at the same level and the other rating is higher or lower than those same ratings, the level corresponding to the two same ratings

 


 

shall apply and (b) if each of the three ratings falls within different levels, then the level corresponding to the rating that is in between the highest and the lowest ratings shall apply.
     “ Base Rate ” means a fluctuating interest rate per annum as shall be in effect from time to time, which rate per annum shall at all times be equal to the highest of:
     (a) the rate of interest announced publicly by the Reference Bank in New York, New York, from time to time, as its base rate;
     (b) 1/2 of one percent per annum above the Federal Funds Rate; and
     (c) the rate equal to the Eurocurrency Rate for a Dollar denominated Advance having an Interest Period of one month determined for each day that a Base Rate Loan is outstanding (and in respect of any day that is not a Banking Day, such rate as in effect on the immediately preceding Banking Day) plus 1.00% per annum.
     “ EBITDA ” means, for any period, the sum (without duplication) for the Company and its Consolidated Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis of the following: (a) net income for such period plus (b) to the extent deducted in determining net income for such period, the sum of (i) depreciation and amortization for such period, (ii) Interest Expense for such period and (iii) taxes for such period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (1) in calculating EBITDA for any period that includes one or more Restructuring Periods, EBITDA shall be increased by an amount equal to the Applicable Restructuring Charges for any such Restructuring Periods, (2) in calculating EBITDA for any period, any impairment charges or asset write-offs, in each case pursuant to Financial Accounting Standards Board’s Staff Position Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 144 (“Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets (Issued 8/01)”), shall be excluded, (3) in calculating EBITDA for any period, non-cash charges arising from purchase accounting adjustments (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to such Person and its Subsidiaries) in component amounts required or permitted by GAAP, resulting from the write-up of assets or application of purchase accounting in relation to any consummated acquisition or the amortization, depreciation, or write-off of any amounts thereof, net of taxes, shall be excluded, and (4) in calculating EBITDA for any period, charges associated with stock-based compensation shall be excluded. For the purpose of calculating EBITDA for any period following the acquisition of The Black & Decker Corporation, EBITDA for such period shall be calculated after giving pro forma effect to such acquisition as if such acquisition occurred on the first day of such period.
     “ Interest Coverage Ratio ” means, for any period of four consecutive fiscal quarters, the ratio of (a) EBITDA for such period to (b) Interest Expense for such period.
     “ Interest Expense ” means, for any period, the sum (determined without duplication) of the aggregate amount of interest reported in respect of such period on the Indebtedness of the Company and its Consolidated Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, including, without limitation, the interest portion of payments under Capital Lease obligations and any capitalized interest but excluding imputed (non-cash) interest

 


 

expense in respect of convertible bonds issued by the Company or any of its Consolidated Subsidiaries as calculated in accordance with the Financial Accounting Standards Board’s Staff Position Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 14-1 (“Accounting for Convertible Debt Instruments That May be Settled in Cash upon Conversion (Including Partial Cash Settlement)”), minus (i) interest income of the Company and its Consolidated Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis reported in respect of such period, (ii) interest on deferred compensation reported in respect of such period, and (iii) any income/expense in respect of such period associated with spot-to-forward differences or points on foreign currency trades that are included in interest income/expense as a result of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133, as amended and interpreted. For the purpose of calculating Interest Expense for any period following the acquisition of The Black & Decker Corporation, Interest Expense for such period shall be calculated after giving pro forma effect to such acquisition as if such acquisition occurred on the first day of such period.
     (b) The definition of “Applicable Eurocurrency Margin” in Section 1.01 is amended by (i) deleting the figure “0.75%” and replacing it with “the Floor” in both places such figure appears and (i) deleting the figure “2.50%” and replacing it with “the Cap” in the three places such figure appears.
     (c) Section 1.01 is further amended by adding the following definitions in the appropriate alphabetical order:
     “ Applicable Base Rate Margin ” means, on any day, a rate per annum equal to the higher of (a) the Applicable Eurocurrency Margin for such day minus 1.00% and (b) 0.00%.
     “ Applicable Restructuring Charge ” means
     (a) for any Restructuring Period falling in the Company’s fiscal year 2009, the restructuring charges reported in the Company’s SEC Filings for such fiscal quarter; provided that the sum of the Applicable Restructuring Charges for all of the Restructuring Periods in the Company’s fiscal year 2009 will not exceed $50,000,000 in the aggregate; and
     (b) for any Restructuring Period falling in the Company’s fiscal year 2010, 2011, 2012, or 2013, amounts relating to one or more of the following: (i) restructuring charges, including, without limitation, the effect of reconstruction, recommissioning or reconfiguration of fixed assets for alternative uses, store closure, office closure, plant closure, facility consolidations, downsizing, shutdown costs (including future lease commitments and contract termination costs with respect thereto), curtailments or modifications to pension and post-retirement employee benefit plans, retention, severance, system establishment costs, and acquisition integration costs; (ii) change of control payments and transaction fees; (iii) performance-based bonus payments to Nolan Archibald; (iv) all expenses and charges related to any stock based compensation; (v) non-cash inventory step-up charges; and (vi) liabilities under Section 280G of the Internal

 


 

Revenue Code and gross-ups related thereto; provided that the sum of the Applicable Restructuring Charges for all of the Restructuring Periods in the Company’s fiscal years 2010, 2011, 2012, and 2013 will not exceed $1,200,000,000 in the aggregate, of which not more than $900,000,000 is cash.
     “ Cap ” means, on any date, a rate per annum equal to (i) 2.500% if on such date the Company’s outstanding Long-Term Indebtedness is rated BBB+ or higher by Standard & Poor’s, Baa1 or higher by Moody’s, or BBB+ or higher by Fitch, and (ii) 3.000% if on such date clause (i) is inapplicable (including if such Long-Term Indebtedness is no longer rated by any agency); provided that if the respective levels of the Company’s outstanding Long-Term Indebtedness credit ratings differ, the “Cap” will be determined based on, (a) if two of the ratings are at the same level and the other rating is higher or lower than those same ratings, the level corresponding to the two same ratings shall apply and (b) if each of the three ratings falls within different levels, then the level corresponding to the rating that is in between the highest and the lowest ratings shall apply.
     “ Floor ” means, on any date, a rate per annum equal to (i) 0.750% if on such date the Company’s outstanding Long-Term Indebtedness is rated A- or higher by Standard & Poor’s, A3 or higher by Moody’s, or A- or higher by Fitch, (ii) 1.000% if on such date clause (i) is inapplicable and the Company’s outstanding Long-Term Indebtedness is rated BBB+ or higher by Standard & Poor’s, Baa1 or higher by Moody’s, or BBB+ or higher by Fitch, and (iii) 1.500% if on such date clauses (i) and (ii) are inapplicable (including if such Long-Term Indebtedness is no longer rated by any agency); provided that if the respective levels of the Company’s outstanding Long-Term Indebtedness credit ratings differ, the “Floor” will be determined based on, (a) if two of the ratings are at the same level and the other rating is higher or lower than those same ratings, the level corresponding to the two same ratings shall apply and (b) if each of the three ratings falls within different levels, then the level corresponding to the rating that is in between the highest and the lowest ratings shall apply.
     “ Loan Parties ” means, collectively, the Borrowers and the Subsidiary Guarantor.
     “ Restructuring Period ” means (a) if the Company reports taking any restructuring charges during any quarter of its fiscal year 2009 in the Company’s Exchange Act disclosure documents filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on Forms 8K, 10K or 10Q (or their equivalents) (the Company’s “ SEC Filings ”), each such fiscal quarter of the Company during its fiscal year 2009, and (b) each fiscal quarter of the Company during fiscal years 2010, 2011, 2012, and 2013.
     “ SEC Filings ” has the meaning provided in the definition of “Restructuring Period”.
     “ Subsidiary Guarantor ” means The Black & Decker Corporation, a Maryland corporation.

 


 

     “ Subsidiary Guaranty ” means the guaranty of the Subsidiary Guarantor, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, delivered to the Administrative Agent on or about the date that the Company acquires the Subsidiary Guarantor.
     (d) Section 2.05(a) is amended by inserting immediately after the phrase “Base Rate in effect from time to time” the phrase “plus the Applicable Base Rate Margin”.
     (e) Section 3.02(i)(x) is amended by inserting immediately after the parenthetical phrase “(other than the Excluded Representation”) the phrase “and in Section 7 of the Subsidiary Guaranty”.
     (f) Section 5.02(a)(ix) is amended in full to read as follows:
     (ix) Liens on (A) any property existing at the time of acquisition but only if the amount of outstanding Indebtedness secured thereby does not exceed the lesser of the fair market value or the purchase price of the property so purchased and (B) any property of The Black & Decker Corporation existing at the time of acquisition;
     (g) Section 6.01(b) is amended by deleting the word “Borrower” and replacing it with “Loan Party” in both places such word appears.
     (h) Section 6.01(g) is amended by deleting the figure “$25,000,000” and replacing it with “$75,000,000” in both places such figure appears.
     (i) Section 6.01(h) is amended by restating clause (B) thereof in full to read as follows:
     (B) any Plan shall have an unfunded liability, which means the excess, if any, of a Plan’s benefit liabilities under Section 4001(a)(16) of ERISA, over the current value of that Plan’s assets, determined in accordance with the assumptions used for funding that Plan pursuant to Section 412 of the Internal Revenue Code for the applicable plan year
     (j) Section 6.01(i) is amended by deleting the figure “$25,000,000” and replacing it with “$75,000,000”.
     (k) Section 8.02(a) is amended by deleting the word “Borrower” and replacing it with “Loan Party”.
     (l) Section 8.07(b) is amended by deleting the word “Borrower” and replacing it with “Loan Party” in both places such word appears.
     (m) Section 8.08(a) is amended by deleting the word “Borrower” and replacing it with “Loan Party” in each place such word appears.

 


 

          SECTION 2. Conditions of Effectiveness . This Amendment shall become effective as of the time of the delivery of all evidence referenced in clause (f) below on the date (the “Amendment Effective Date”), which shall be on or before June 30, 2010, as of which the Administrative Agent shall confirm to the Company that it has received the following, each dated such day, in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent:
          (a) Executed Counterparts . Counterparts of this Amendment executed by the Company and the Lenders party to the Credit Agreement constituting the Required Lenders;
          (b) Subsidiary Guaranty . The Subsidiary Guaranty, in substantially the form of Exhibit A to this Amendment, duly executed and delivered by the Subsidiary Guarantor;
          (c) Authority and Approvals . Certified copies of the resolutions of the Board of Directors of the Subsidiary Guarantor (or equivalent documents) authorizing and approving the Subsidiary Guaranty and the transactions contemplated thereby and certified copies of all documents evidencing all necessary corporate action and all other necessary action (corporate, partnership or otherwise) and governmental approvals, if any, with respect to the Subsidiary Guaranty;
          (d) Secretary’s or Assistant Secretary’s Certificate . A certificate of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Subsidiary Guarantor, dated the Amendment Effective Date, certifying the names and true signatures of the officers of the Subsidiary Guarantor authorized to execute and deliver the Subsidiary Guaranty;
          (e) Legal Opinions . An opinion of counsel to the Subsidiary Guarantor, dated the Amendment Effective Date;
          (f) Acquisition of The Black & Decker Corporation . Evidence satisfactory to the Administrative Agent that Blue Jay Acquisition Corp. shall have consummated the merger with The Black & Decker Corporation that is contemplated by that certain Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of November 2, 2009 by and among the Company, Blue Jay Acquisition Corp., and The Black & Decker Corporation , together with evidence that the commitments under the Five-Year Credit Agreement dated as of December 7, 2007 among The Black & Decker Corporation, Black & Decker Luxembourg Finance S.C.A. and Black & Decker Luxembourg S.aR.L., as borrowers, certain lenders parties thereto and Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent for said lenders (the “B&D Facility”) have been or concurrently with the Effective Date are being terminated and all amounts payable under the B&D Facility have been paid; and
          (g) Fees and Expenses . Payment by the Company in full of the costs, expenses and fees as set forth in Section 8.04(a) of the Credit Agreement.
          SECTION 3. Representations and Warranties The Company represents and warrants to the Lenders and the Administrative Agent, as to itself and each of its Subsidiaries, that (a) the representations and warranties set forth in Article IV of the Credit Agreement and in each of the other Loan Documents that have been entered into by the Company or any of the

 


 

Designated Borrowers are true and correct in all material respects on the date hereof as if made on and as of the date hereof (or, if any such representation or warranty is expressly stated to have been made as of a specific date, such representation and warranty shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such specific date) and as if each reference in said Article IV to “this Agreement” included reference to this Amendment; provided that (x) in Sections 4.01(f) and 4.01(h) of the Credit Agreement, the reference to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 29, 2007 shall be deemed to be a reference to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 2, 2010, each of the Company’s reports on Form 8-K and 10-Q during the period from January 2, 2010 through and including the date of this Amendment and the Subsidiary Guarantor ‘s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009 and (y) in Section 4.01(g) of the Credit Agreement, the reference to December 29, 2007 shall be deemed to be a reference to January 2, 2010 and (b) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.
          SECTION 4. Reference to and Effect on the Loan Documents . (a) On and after the effectiveness of this Amendment, each reference in the Credit Agreement to “this Agreement”, “hereunder”, “hereof” or words of like import referring to the Credit Agreement, and each reference in the Notes and each of the other Loan Documents to “the Credit Agreement”, “thereunder”, “thereof” or words of like import referring to the Credit Agreement, shall mean and be a reference to the Credit Agreement, as amended by this Amendment.
          (b) The Credit Agreement, the Notes and each of the other Loan Documents, as specifically amended by this Amendment, are and shall continue to be in full force and effect and are hereby in all respects ratified and confirmed.
          (c) The execution, delivery and effectiveness of this Amendment shall not, except as expressly provided herein, operate as a waiver of any right, power or remedy of any Lender or the Agent under any of the Loan Documents, nor constitute a waiver of any provision of any of the Loan Documents.
          SECTION 5. Costs and Expenses The Borrower agrees to pay on demand all costs and expenses of the Agent in connection with the preparation, execution, delivery, administration, modification and amendment of this Amendment and the other instruments and documents to be delivered hereunder (including, without limitation, the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel for the Agent) in accordance with the terms of Section 8.04 of the Credit Agreement.
          SECTION 6. Execution in Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute but one and the same agreement. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Amendment by telecopier or other electronic communication shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Amendment.

 


 

          SECTION 7. Governing Law . This Amendment shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.
          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized, as of the date first above written.
         
  STANLEY BLACK & DECKER, INC.
(formerly known as The Stanley Works)  
 
  By   /s/ Craig A. Douglas    
    Name:   Craig A. Douglas   
    Title:   VP & Treasurer   
 
 
  CITIBANK, N.A.,
as Agent and as Lender
 
 
  By   /s/ Carolyn Kee    
    Name:   Carolyn Kee   
    Title:   Vice President   
 
 
  BANK OF AMERICA
 
 
  By   /s/ Jeffrey J. McLaughlin    
    Name:   Jeffrey J. McLaughlin   
    Title:   SVP   
 
 
  J.P. MORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.
 
 
  By   /s/ Anthony W. White    
    Name:   Anthony W. White   
    Title:   Vice President   
 
 
  BARCLAYS BANK PLC
 
 
  By   /s/ Kevin Cullen    
    Name:   Kevin Cullen   
    Title:   Director   

 


 

         
         
  BNP PARIBAS
 
 
  By   /s/ Curt Price    
    Name:   Curt Price   
    Title:   Managing Director   
 
     
  By   /s/ Fik Durmus    
    Name:   Fik Durmus   
    Title:   Director   
 
 
  WILLIAM STREET LLC
 
 
  By   /s/ Mark Walton    
    Name:   Mark Walton   
    Title:   Authorized Signatory   
 
 
  UBS LOAN FINANCE LLC
 
 
  By   /s/ Irja R. Otsa    
    Name:   Irja R. Otsa   
    Title:   Associate Director   
 
     
  By   /s/ Mary E. Evans    
    Name:   Mary E. Evans   
    Title:   Associate Director   
 
 
  WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A.
 
 
  By   /s/ Jordan Fragiacomo    
    Name:   Jordan Fragiacomo   
    Title:   Director   
 
 
  THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON
 
 
  By   /s/ Donald G. Cassidy, Jr.    
    Name:   Donald G. Cassidy, Jr.   
    Title:   Managing Director   

 


 

         
         
  HSBC BANK USA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
 
 
  By   /s/ Manuel Burgueño    
    Name:   Manuel Burgueño   
    Title:   Vice President, Relationship Manager   
 
 
  MORGAN STANLEY BANK, N.A.
 
 
  By   /s/ Melissa James    
    Name:   Melissa James   
    Title:   Authorized Signatory   
 
 
  ROYAL BANK OF CANADA
 
 
  By   /s/ Dustin Craven    
    Name:   Dustin Craven   
    Title:   Authorized Signatory   
 
 
  THE NORTHERN TRUST COMPANY
 
 
  By   /s/ Peter J. Hallan    
    Name:   Peter J. Hallan   
    Title:   Vice President   

 


 

         
Exhibit A
SUBSIDIARY GUARANTY
          SUBSIDIARY GUARANTY dated as of March                      , 2010 made by The Black & Decker Corporation, a Maryland corporation (the “ Guarantor ”), in favor of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders (as defined in the Credit Agreement referred to below).
          PRELIMINARY STATEMENT. Stanley Black & Decker, Inc. (formerly known as The Stanley Works), a Connecticut corporation (the “ Company ”), and the parent company of the Guarantor, is party to an Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of February 27, 2008, and Amendment No. 1 thereto dated as of February 17, 2009 (such Credit Agreement, as so amended, and as may be further amended, supplemented or otherwise modified form time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”; capitalized terms used herein have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Credit Agreement). The Guarantor may receive, directly or indirectly, a portion of the proceeds of the Advances under the Credit Agreement and will derive substantial direct and indirect benefits from the transactions contemplated by the Credit Agreement. It is a condition precedent to the effectiveness of Amendment No. 2 to the Credit Agreement dated as of the date hereof (the “ Amendment ”) and the continued making of Advances by the Lenders under the Credit Agreement from time to time that the Guarantor shall have executed and delivered this Guaranty.
          NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and in order to induce the Lenders to enter into the Amendment and to make Advances under the Credit Agreement from time to time, the Guarantor hereby agrees as follows:
          SECTION 8. Guaranty; Limitation of Liability . i) To induce the other parties to enter into the Amendment and for other valuable consideration, receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Guarantor hereby unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees to the Administrative Agent, each Lender and their respective successors and permitted assigns the prompt payment in full when due (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of the principal of and interest on the Advances to and the Notes of each other Loan Party and all other amounts whatsoever now or hereafter payable or becoming payable by each other Loan Party under the Credit Agreement and each other Loan Document, in each case strictly in accordance with the terms thereof (collectively, the “ Guaranteed Obligations ”). The Guarantor hereby further agrees that if any other Loan Party shall fail to pay in full when due (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) any of the Guaranteed Obligations, the Guarantor will promptly pay the same, without any demand or notice whatsoever, and that in the case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any of the Guaranteed Obligations, the same will be promptly paid in full when due (whether at extended maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) in accordance with the terms of such extension or renewal. This Section 1 is a continuing guaranty and is a guaranty of payment and is not merely a guaranty of collection and shall apply to all Guaranteed Obligations whenever arising.
          (a) The Guarantor, and by its acceptance of this Guaranty, the Administrative Agent and each Lender, hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such Persons that this

 


 

Guaranty and the obligations of the Guarantor hereunder not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of any bankruptcy law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar foreign, federal or state law to the extent applicable to this guaranty and the obligations of the Guarantor hereunder. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Guarantor hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of the Guarantor under this Guaranty at any time shall be limited to the maximum amount as will result in the obligations of the Guarantor under this Guaranty not constituting a fraudulent transfer or conveyance.
          SECTION 9. Acknowledgments, Waivers and Consents . The Guarantor agrees that its obligations under this Guaranty shall be primary, absolute, irrevocable and unconditional under any and all circumstances and that the guaranty herein is made with respect to any Guaranteed Obligations now existing or in the future arising. Without limiting the foregoing, the Guarantor agrees that:
     (a) The occurrence of any one or more of the following shall not affect the enforceability or effectiveness of this Guaranty in accordance with its terms or affect, limit, reduce, discharge or terminate the liability of the Guarantor, or the rights, remedies, powers and privileges of the Administrative Agent or any Lender, under this Guaranty:
     (i) any modification or amendment (including by way of amendment, extension, renewal or waiver), or any acceleration or other change in the time for payment or performance of the terms of all or any part of the Guaranteed Obligations or any Loan Document, or any other agreement or instrument whatsoever relating thereto, or any modification of the Commitments;
     (ii) any release, termination, waiver, abandonment, lapse or expiration, subordination or enforcement of the liability of any other guaranty of all or any part of the Guaranteed Obligations;
     (iii) any application of the proceeds of any other guaranty (including the obligations of any other guarantor of all or any part of the Guaranteed Obligations) to all or any part of the Guaranteed Obligations in any such manner and to such extent as the Administrative Agent may determine;
     (iv) any release of any other Person (including any other guarantor with respect to all or any part of the Guaranteed Obligations) from any personal liability with respect to all or any part of the Guaranteed Obligations;
     (v) any settlement, compromise, release, liquidation or enforcement, upon such terms and in such manner as the Administrative Agent may determine or as applicable law may dictate, of all or any part of the Guaranteed Obligations or any other guaranty of (including any letter of credit issued with respect to) all or any part of the Guaranteed Obligations;
     (vi) the giving of any consent to the merger or consolidation of, the sale of substantial assets by, or other restructuring or termination of the corporate existence of,

 


 

any other Loan Party or any other Person or any disposition of any shares of any Loan Party;
     (vii) any proceeding against any other Loan Party or any other guarantor of all or any part of the Guaranteed Obligations or any collateral provided by any other Person or the exercise of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders under the Loan Documents or otherwise in such order and such manner as the Administrative Agent may determine, regardless of whether the Administrative Agent or the Lenders shall have proceeded against or exhausted any collateral, right, remedy, power or privilege before proceeding to call upon or otherwise enforce this Guaranty;
     (viii) the entering into such other transactions or business dealings with any other Loan Party, any Subsidiary or affiliate thereof or any other guarantor of all or any part of the Guaranteed Obligations as the Administrative Agent or any Lender may desire; or
     (ix) all or any combination of any of the actions set forth in this Section 2(a).
     (b) The enforceability and effectiveness of this Guaranty and the liability of the Guarantor, and the rights, remedies, powers and privileges of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, under this Guaranty shall not be affected, limited, reduced, discharged or terminated, and the Guarantor hereby expressly waives to the fullest extent permitted by law any defense now or in the future arising, by reason of:
     (i) the illegality, invalidity or unenforceability of all or any part of the Guaranteed Obligations, any Loan Document or any other agreement or instrument whatsoever relating to all or any part of the Guaranteed Obligations;
     (ii) any disability or other defense with respect to all or any part of the Guaranteed Obligations, including the effect of any statute of limitations that may bar the enforcement of all or any part of the Guaranteed Obligations or the obligations of any other guarantor of all or any part of the Guaranteed Obligations;
     (iii) the illegality, invalidity or unenforceability of any security for or other guaranty (including any letter of credit) of all or any part of the Guaranteed Obligations or the lack of perfection or continuing perfection or failure of the priority of any Lien on any collateral for all or any part of the Guaranteed Obligations;
     (iv) the cessation, for any cause whatsoever, of the liability of any other Loan Party or any other guarantor with respect to all or any part of the Guaranteed Obligations (other than, subject to Section 3, by reason of the full payment of all Guaranteed Obligations);
     (v) any failure of the Administrative Agent or any Lender to marshal assets in favor of any other Loan Party or any other Person (including any other guarantor of all or any part of the Guaranteed Obligations), to exhaust any collateral for all or any part of the Guaranteed Obligations, to pursue or exhaust any right, remedy, power or privilege it

 


 

may have against such other Loan Party or any other guarantor of all or any part of the Guaranteed Obligations or any other Person or to take any action whatsoever to mitigate or reduce such or any other Person’s liability, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders being under no obligation to take any such action notwithstanding the fact that all or any part of the Guaranteed Obligations may be due and payable and that such other Loan Party may be in default of its obligations under any Loan Document;
     (vi) any counterclaim, set-off or other claim which any other Loan Party or any other guarantor of all or any part of the Guaranteed Obligations has or claims with respect to all or any part of the Guaranteed Obligations, or any counterclaim, set-off or other claim which the Guarantor may have with respect to all or any part of any obligations owed to the Guarantor by the Administrative Agent or any Lender (other than, without prejudice to Section 3, any counterclaim or other claim that the amount of the Guaranteed Obligation which is being claimed has been finally paid in full);
     (vii) any failure of the Administrative Agent or any Lender or any other Person to file or enforce a claim in any bankruptcy or other proceeding with respect to any Person;
     (viii) any bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, winding-up or adjustment of debts, or appointment of a custodian, liquidator or the like of it, or similar proceedings commenced by or against any Person, including any discharge of, or bar or stay against collecting, all or any part of the Guaranteed Obligations (or any interest on all or any part of the Guaranteed Obligations) in or as a result of any such proceeding;
     (ix) any action taken by the Administrative Agent or any Lender that is authorized under this Guaranty or by any other provision of any Loan Document or any omission to take any such action;
     (x) any law, regulation, decree or order of any jurisdiction or Governmental Authority or any event affecting any term of the Guaranteed Obligations; or
     (xi) any other circumstance whatsoever that might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a surety or guarantor.
     (c) To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Guarantor expressly waives, for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, all diligence, presentment, demand for payment or performance, notices of nonpayment or nonperformance, protest, notices of protest, notices of dishonor and all other notices or demands of any kind or nature whatsoever, and any requirement that the Administrative Agent or any Lender exhaust any right, power or remedy or proceed against any other Loan Party under any Loan Document or other agreement or instrument referred to herein or therein, or against any other Person under any other guaranty of, or security for, any of the Guaranteed Obligations, and all notices of acceptance of this Guaranty or of the existence, creation, incurring or assumption of new or additional Guaranteed Obligations.
          SECTION 10. Reinstatement . The obligations of the Guarantor under this Guaranty shall be automatically reinstated if and to the extent that for any reason any payment by

 


 

or on behalf of any other Loan Party in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations is rescinded or must otherwise be restored or returned by the Administrative Agent or any Lender, whether as a result of insolvency, any proceedings in bankruptcy, dissolution, liquidation or reorganization or otherwise.
          SECTION 11. Subrogation . The Guarantor hereby agrees that, until the final payment in full of all Guaranteed Obligations, it shall not exercise any right or remedy arising by reason of any performance by it of its guaranty in Section 1, whether by subrogation, reimbursement, contribution or otherwise, against any other Loan Party or any other guarantor of any of the Guaranteed Obligations or any security for any of the Guaranteed Obligations.
          SECTION 12. Remedies . The Guarantor agrees that, as between the Guarantor and the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, the obligations of any other Loan Party under the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Documents may be declared to be forthwith due and payable as provided in Section 6.01 of the Credit Agreement (and shall be deemed to have become automatically due and payable in the circumstances provided in said Section 6.01) for purposes of Section 1, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such declaration (or such obligations from becoming automatically due and payable) as against such other Loan Party and that, in the event of such declaration (or such obligations being deemed to have become automatically due and payable), such obligations (whether or not due and payable by such other Loan Party) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantor for purposes of Section 1.
          SECTION 13. Payments . Each payment by the Guarantor under this Guaranty shall be made in accordance with Section 2.09 of the Credit Agreement in the Currency in which the Guaranteed Obligations are denominated, without deduction, set-off or counterclaim at the Administrative Agent’s Account and free and clear of any and all present and future Taxes.
          SECTION 14. Representations and Warranties of the Guarantor . The Guarantor represents and warrants as follows:
          (a) Corporate Existence . The Guarantor is a corporation duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the State of Maryland.
          (b) Corporate Authorization, Etc . The execution, delivery and performance by the Guarantor of this Guaranty are within the Guarantor’s corporate powers, have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action and do not contravene (i) the charter or bylaws of the Guarantor or (ii) any law or contractual restriction binding on or affecting the Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries.
          (c) No Approvals . No authorization, approval or action by, and no notice to or filing with, any governmental authority or regulatory body is required for the due execution, delivery and performance by the Guarantor of this Guaranty.
          (d) Enforceability . This Guaranty is the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Guarantor, enforceable against the Guarantor in accordance with its terms.

 


 

          (e) No Litigation . There is no pending or (to the best of the Guarantor’s knowledge) threatened action or proceeding against the Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries or relating to any of their respective properties before any court, governmental agency or arbitrator, which purports to affect the legality, validity or enforceability of this Guaranty.
          (f) Investment Company . The Guarantor is not an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.
          (g) Disclosure . The information furnished in writing by or on behalf of the Guarantor to the Lenders in connection with the negotiation, execution and delivery of this Guaranty does not contain any material misstatements of fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements contained therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.
          (h) No Defaults . The Guarantor is not in default under or with respect to any agreement, instrument or undertaking to which it is a party or by which it or any of its property is bound in any respect which could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
          SECTION 15. Notices, Etc . All notices, demands, requests, consents and other communications provided for in this Guaranty shall be given in writing, or by any telecommunication device capable of creating a written record (including electronic mail), and addressed to the party to be notified as set forth in Section 8.02 of the Credit Agreement. Delivery by telecopier of an executed counterpart of a signature page to any amendment or waiver of any provision of this Guaranty shall be effective as delivery of an original executed counterpart thereof.
          SECTION 16. No Waiver; Remedies . No failure on the part of any Lender or the Administrative Agent to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any right hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right. The remedies herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any remedies provided by law. No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Guaranty, nor consent to any departure by the Guarantor therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the Guarantor and the Required Lenders, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given; provided that the written consent of all the Lenders shall be required for any release or modification of the Guarantor’s guarantee under Section 1.
          SECTION 17. Right of Set-off . If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, each Lender is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final, in whatever currency) at any time held and other indebtedness at any time owing by such Lender to the Guarantor against any of and all the obligations of the Guarantor now or hereafter existing under this Guaranty, although such obligations may be unmatured. The rights of each Lender under this Section are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) which such Lender may have..

 


 

          SECTION 18. Continuing Guaranty; Assignments under the Credit Agreement . This Guaranty is a continuing guaranty and shall (a) remain in full force and effect until the later of (i) the payment in full in cash of the Guaranteed Obligations and all other amounts payable under this Guaranty and (ii) the Termination Date, (b) be binding upon the Guarantor, its successors and assigns and (c) inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Administrative Agent and the Lenders and their successors, transferees and assigns. Without limiting the generality of clause (c) of the immediately preceding sentence, any Lender may assign or otherwise transfer all or any portion of its rights and obligations under the Credit Agreement (including, without limitation, all or any portion of its Commitments, the Advances owing to it and the Note or Notes held by it) to any other Person, and such other Person shall thereupon become vested with all the benefits in respect thereof granted to such Lender herein or otherwise, in each case as and to the extent provided in Section 8.07 of the Credit Agreement. The Guarantor shall not have the right to assign its rights or obligations hereunder or any interest herein without the prior written consent of the Lenders.
          SECTION 19. Execution in Counterparts . This Guaranty may be executed in any number of counterparts each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Guaranty by telecopier shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Guaranty.
          SECTION 20. Jurisdiction; Governing Law; Waiver of Jury Trial, Etc. ii) Submission to Jurisdiction . The Guarantor hereby submits to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York and of any New York State court sitting in New York City for purposes of all legal proceedings arising out of or relating to this Guaranty.
          (a) Waiver of Venue . The Guarantor irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such proceeding brought in such a court and a claim that such proceeding brought in such a court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.
          (b) THIS GUARANTY SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. THE GUARANTOR HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS GUARANTY OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.
[remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 


 

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed by their respective signatories thereunto duly authorized, as of the date first above written.
         
  THE BLACK & DECKER CORPORATION
 
 
  By      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 

 

     Exhibit 10(vi)(b)
     
(STANLEY BLACK & DECKER LOGO)   2009 Long-Term Incentive Plan
Restricted Stock Unit Award
Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Certificate,
<Name> has been awarded <Number> Restricted Stock Units as follows:
Grant Date: <Date>
Vests: as set forth in your UBS OneSource account for this Award
Stanley Black & Decker, Inc.
As a member of the Stanley Black & Decker team, your skills and contributions are vital to our Company’s and its Shareholders continued success. This award of restricted stock units provides you with the opportunity to earn significant financial rewards for your efforts and contributions to making Stanley Black & Decker the most successful company it can be.
On behalf of the Board of Directors, Congratulations.
         
     
     
  John F. Lundgren   
  Chief Executive Officer
Stanley Black & Decker, Inc.  
 
 

 


 

RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD TERMS
1. Grant of Restricted Stock Units . This certifies that Stanley Black & Decker, Inc. (the “Company”) has on the Award Date specified in this Award Certificate granted to the Participant named above an award (the “Award”) of that number of Restricted Stock Units set forth in this Award Certificate, subject to certain restrictions and on the terms and conditions contained in this Award Certificate and the 2009 Long Term Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time (the “Plan”). A copy of the Plan is available upon request. In the event of any conflict between the terms of the Plan and this Award Certificate, the terms of the Plan shall govern.
2. Dividend Equivalents . Amounts equal to the dividends and distributions paid on shares of the Company’s Common Stock, $2.50 par value per share (the “Common Stock”), shall be accrued for the benefit of the Participant to the same extent as if each Restricted Stock Unit then held by Participant was a share of Common Stock and shall vest and be distributed to the Participant in cash as the Restricted Stock Units vest.
3. Vesting . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Certificate and the Plan, the Restricted Stock Units shall vest in the amounts and on the dates specified in the Participant’s UBS OneSource (or subsequent record keeper’s) account for this Award, provided the Participant remains continuously employed by the Company or an Affiliate until the applicable vesting date.
4. Settlement of Restricted Stock Units . Upon vesting of Participant’s Restricted Stock Units, the Restricted Stock Units shall be cancelled and in exchange therefor the Company shall cause a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the number of the Restricted Stock Units then cancelled to be issued to the Participant in book-entry form. Any shares of Common Stock issued with respect to the Restricted Stock Units shall be fully registered and freely transferable.
5. Forfeiture Upon Termination of Employment . If, prior to vesting of the Restricted Stock Units pursuant to Section 3, Participant ceases to be continuously employed by either the Company or an Affiliate for any reason other than Retirement (as defined below), Disability (as defined below) or death, then Participant’s rights to all of the unvested Restricted Stock Units shall be immediately and irrevocably forfeited and no shares of Common Stock shall be issued in respect thereof. Approved leaves of absence or employment transfers between the Company or an Affiliate (or vice versa) shall not be deemed terminations or interruptions of employment for vesting of the Restricted Stock Units.
6. Death and Disability . Upon Participant’s death or if Participant’s employment is terminated as a result of Participant’s Disability, the Restricted Stock Units shall become immediately vested in full. “Disability” has the meaning provided in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code, or any successor provision.
7. Retirement . Upon Participant’s termination of employment with the Company and each of its Affiliates following the Participant’s Retirement, the Restricted Stock Units shall become immediately vested in full. “Retirement” means the Participant’s termination of employment with the Company and each of its Affiliates after attaining the age of 55 and completing 10 years of service.
8. Restriction on Transfer . Restricted Stock Units shall not be assignable, alienable, saleable, or transferable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Participant may, in the manner established by the Committee, designate a beneficiary or beneficiaries to receive shares of Common Stock with respect to the Restricted Stock Units upon the death of Participant.
9. Income Tax Matters .
     (a) In order to comply with all applicable federal or state income tax laws or regulations, the Company may take such action as it deems appropriate to ensure that all applicable federal or state payroll, withholding, income or other taxes, which are the sole and absolute responsibility of Participant, are withheld or collected from Participant.
     (b) In accordance with the terms of the Plan, and such rules as may be adopted by the Committee under the Plan, Participant may elect to satisfy Participant’s income tax withholding obligations arising from the vesting of the Restricted Stock Units by (i) delivering cash, check (bank check, certified check or personal check) or money order payable to the Company, (ii) having the Company withhold a portion of the Shares otherwise to be delivered having a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum statutorily required amount of such taxes, or (iii) delivering to the Company shares of Common Stock already owned by Participant having a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum statutorily required amount of such taxes. Any shares already owned by Participant referred to in the preceding sentence must have been owned by Participant for no less than six months prior to the date delivered to the Company if such shares were acquired upon the exercise of an option or upon the vesting of restricted stock units or restricted stock.
10. Other . The Company shall not be required to issue any certificate or certificates for shares upon vesting of the Restricted Stock Units (i) if the Common Stock is not listed on any national securities exchange, (ii) prior to the completion of any registration or other qualification of such shares under any state or federal law or rulings or regulations of any governmental regulatory body, and (iii) prior to the Company obtaining any consent or approval or other clearance from any governmental agency which the Company shall, in its sole discretion, determine to be necessary or advisable. Shares to be issued in respect of Restricted Stock Units will be issued only in compliance with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”), and any other applicable securities laws, and the Participant shall comply with any requirements imposed by the Committee under such laws. If the Participant qualifies as an “affiliate” (as that term is defined in Rule 144 (“Rule 144”) promulgated under the Act), upon demand by the Company, the Participant (or any person acting on his or her behalf) shall deliver to the Treasurer at the time of vesting of the Restricted Stock Units a written representation that he or she will acquire shares pursuant to the Plan for his or her own account, that he or she is not taking the shares with a view to distribution and that he or she will dispose of the shares only in compliance with Rule 144.
11. No right to employment . This Restricted Stock Unit Award does not confer on Participant any right with respect to the continuation of employment with the Company or any Affiliate, nor will it interfere in any way with the right of the Company or any Affiliate to terminate the Participant’s employment at any time.
12. Miscellaneous . All decisions or interpretations of the Committee with respect to any question arising under the Plan or this Restricted Stock Unit Award shall be binding, conclusive and final. The waiver by the Company of any provision of this Restricted Stock Unit Award shall not operate as or be construed to be a subsequent waiver of the same provision or of any other provision of the Award. The validity and construction of the Restricted Stock Unit Award shall be governed by the laws of the State of Connecticut. Participant agrees to execute such other agreements, documents or assignments as may be necessary or desirable to effect the purposes of this Restricted Stock Unit Award.
13. Binding Effect . The grant of this Award shall be binding and effective only if this Award Certificate is executed by or on behalf of the Company.
14. Capitalized Terms . All capitalized terms used in this certificate which are not defined in this certificate shall have the meanings given them in the Plan unless the context clearly requires otherwise.

 

Exhibit 10(vi)(c)
     
(STANLEY BLACK&DECKER LOGO)   2009 Long-Term Incentive Plan
Stock Option Grant Certificate
Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Certificate,
<NAME> has been awarded an Option to purchase <NUMBER> Shares as follows:
      Grant Date: < DATE >
      Expiration Date: < DATE2 >
      Purchase Price Per Share: < AMOUNT >
      Vests: as set forth in your UBS OneSource account for this Option grant
Stanley Black & Decker, Inc.
As a member of the Stanley Black & Decker team, your skills and contributions are vital to our Company’s and its Shareholders continued success. This award of stock options provides you with the opportunity to earn significant financial rewards for your efforts and contributions to making Stanley Black & Decker the most successful company it can be.
On behalf of the Board of Directors, Congratulations.
         
     
     
  John F. Lundgren   
  Chief Executive Officer
Stanley Black & Decker, Inc.  
 
 

 


 

NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION TERMS
This certifies that Stanley Black & Decker, Inc. (the “Company”) has on the Grant Date granted to the Grantee named in this Certificate the option (the “Option”) to purchase, on or before the Expiration Date at the Purchase Price per Share, the Option Shares, which shall be shares of the Common Stock of Stanley Black & Decker, Inc., par value $2.50 per share (the “Common Stock”) all as set forth in this certificate. The Option is granted subject to the following terms and conditions and the terms and conditions of the Company’s 2009 Long Term Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time (the “Plan”).
1. Vesting and Exercisability. The Option will become vested and exercisable on the date (or dates) and in the amounts specified in the Participant’s UBS OneSource (or subsequent record keeper’s) account for this Option grant, provided the Grantee continues in employment with the Company or an Affiliate until the applicable vesting date. In addition, 100% of the Option will become vested in the event of the Grantee’s termination of employment due to Retirement, Disability or death. Once vested, the vested portion of the Option may be exercised, from time to time, from the applicable vesting date until the earlier of (i) the Expiration Date set forth in this certificate or (ii) the applicable date described below in paragraph 6 regarding termination of employment. Stock may be purchased hereunder only to the extent that this Option has become vested. If, prior to the vesting date for any portion of the Option, the Grantee’s employment with the Company and its Affiliates terminates for any reason other than Retirement, Disability or death, the unvested portion of the Option will be forfeited.
2. Process of Exercise. The vested portion of the Option may be exercised, in whole or in part, by written notification to the Company’s Treasurer at the Company’s executive offices in New Britain, Connecticut, or by any other procedure established by the Company from time to time. Such notification shall (i) specify the number of shares with respect to which the Option is being exercised, and (ii) be accompanied by payment for such shares. Such notification shall be effective upon its receipt by the Treasurer or any other party designated by the Treasurer on or before the Expiration Date. The Option may not be exercised with respect to a fractional share or with respect to the lesser of 100 shares or the balance of the shares then covered by the Option. In the event the Expiration Date falls on a day which is not a regular business day at the Company’s executive offices in New Britain, Connecticut, then such written notification must be received at such office on or before the last regular business day prior to the Expiration Date. Payment is to be made by check payable to the order of Stanley Black & Decker, Inc. or by one of the alternative methods of payment described in the Plan and acceptable to the Company’s Compensation and Organization Committee (the “Committee”). No shares shall be issued on exercise of the Option until full payment for such shares has been made and all checks delivered in payment therefor have been collected. The Grantee shall not have any rights of a shareholder upon exercise of the Option, including but not limited to, the right to vote or to receive dividends, until stock certificates have been issued to the Grantee.
3. Tax Withholding; etc. The Company shall not be required to issue any certificate or certificates for shares purchased upon the exercise of any part of the Option prior to (i) the admission of such shares to listing on any stock exchange on which the stock may then be listed, (ii) the completion of any registration or other qualification of such shares under any state or federal law or rulings or regulations of any governmental regulatory body, (iii) the obtaining of any consent or approval or other clearance from any governmental agency which the Company shall, in its sole discretion, determine to be necessary or advisable, and (iv) the payment to the Company, upon its demand, of any amount requested by the Company for withholding federal, state or local income or earnings taxes or any other applicable tax or assessment (plus interest or penalties thereon, if any, caused by a delay in making such payment) incurred by reason of the exercise of the Option or the transfer of such shares. The Option shall be exercised and shares issued only upon compliance with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”), and any other applicable securities laws, and the Grantee shall comply with any requirements imposed by the

 


 

Committee under such laws. If the Grantee qualifies as an “affiliate” (as that term is defined in Rule 144 (“Rule 144”) promulgated under the Act), upon demand by the Company, the Grantee (or any person acting on his or her behalf) shall deliver to the Treasurer at the time of any exercise of the Option a written representation that upon exercising the Option he or she will acquire shares pursuant to the Plan for his or her own account, that he or she is not taking the shares with a view to distribution and that he or she will dispose of the shares only in compliance with Rule 144.
4. Transferability. Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, the Option is not transferable by the Grantee otherwise than (i) by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, (ii) pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order, as defined in the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), or (iii) following the Grantee’s Retirement, in whole or in part and without payment of consideration, to (a) the Grantee’s spouse, children and grandchildren (an “Immediate Family Member”) or Immediate Family Members, (b) a trust or trusts for the exclusive benefit of Immediate Family Member(s), or (c) a partnership or partnerships in which Immediate Family Member(s) are the only Partner(s). More particularly (but without limiting the generality of the foregoing), the Option may not be assigned, transferred (except as provided above), pledged or hypothecated in any way, shall not be assignable by operation of law and shall not be subject to execution, attachment or similar process. The Company reserves the right to charge administrative fees in respect of such transfers.
5. No Right to Employment. The Option does not confer upon the Grantee any right with respect to continuation of employment with the Company or any Affiliate, and will not interfere in any way with the right of the Company or any Affiliate to terminate the Grantee’s employment.
6 . Termination of Employment . Notwithstanding any other provisions:
If the Grantee’s employment with the Company and its Affiliates terminates for any reason other than Retirement, Disability or death, the Grantee may exercise the portion of the Option that has become vested as of the Grantee’s termination date until the earlier of (i) the Expiration Date set forth in this certificate or (ii) the last day of the two (2) month period following such termination date. If the Grantee’s employment terminates due to Retirement, Disability or death, the Option will become immediately vested in full and the Grantee (or, following the Grantee’s death, the person designated in the Grantee’s last will and testament or if no person is designated, the Grantee’s estate) may exercise the Option until the Expiration Date set forth in this certificate.
Leaves of absence for such periods and purposes conforming to the personnel policy of the Company as may be approved by the Committee shall not be deemed terminations or interruptions of employment.
In the event the Option is exercised by the executors, administrators, legatees or distributees of the estate of the Grantee, the Company shall be under no obligation to issue shares unless the Company is satisfied that the person or persons exercising the Option are the duly appointed legal representatives of the Grantee’s estate or the proper legatees or distributees thereof.
7. Adjustments. In the event of a merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, stock dividend, stock split or other changes in corporate structure or capitalization affecting the Common Stock, the number of shares remaining to be exercised under the Option and the Purchase Price shall be appropriately adjusted by the Committee in accordance with the terms and provisions of the Plan. If, as a result of any adjustment under this paragraph, the Grantee becomes entitled to a fractional share, he or she shall have the right to purchase only the adjusted number of full shares and no payment or other adjustment will be made with respect to the fractional share so disregarded.

 


 

8. Miscellaneous. All decisions or interpretations of the Committee with respect to any question arising under the Plan or under the Option shall be binding, conclusive and final. The waiver by the Company of any provision of the Option shall not operate as or be construed to be a subsequent waiver of the same provision or a waiver of any other provision of the Option. The Option shall be irrevocable during the Option period and its validity and construction shall be governed by the laws of the State of Connecticut. The terms and conditions set forth in the Option are subject in all respects to the terms and conditions of the Plan, which shall be controlling. Grantee agrees to execute such other agreements, documents, or assignments as may be necessary or desirable to effect the purposes of this the Option.
9. Binding Effect. The grant of this Option shall be binding and effective only if this Certificate is executed by or on behalf of the Company.
10. Capitalized Terms. The term “Retirement” means the Grantee’s termination of employment at or after attaining the age of 55 and completing 10 years of service. The term “Disability” has the meaning provided in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code, or any successor provision. All other capitalized terms used in this Certificate which are not defined herein or on the front of this certificate shall have the meanings given them in the Plan unless the context clearly requires otherwise.

 

     Exhibit 10(vi)(d)
     
(STANLY BLACK&DECKER LOGO)   2009 Long-Term Incentive Plan
Restricted Stock Unit Award
Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Certificate,
John F. Lundgren has been awarded 325,000 Restricted Stock Units as follows:
      Grant Date: March 15, 2010
      Vests: 50% on March 12, 2014 and 50% on March 12, 2015
Stanley Black & Decker, Inc.
As a member of the Stanley Black & Decker team, your skills and contributions are vital to our Company’s and its Shareholders continued success. This award of restricted stock units provides you with the opportunity to earn significant financial rewards for your efforts and contributions to making Stanley Black & Decker the most successful company it can be.
On behalf of the Board of Directors, Congratulations.
         
     
     
  Bruce H. Beatt   
  Senior Vice President, General
Counsel and Secretary
Stanley Black & Decker, Inc.  
 
 

 


 

RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD TERMS
1. Grant of Restricted Stock Units . This certifies that Stanley Black & Decker, Inc. (the “Company”) has on the Award Date specified in this Award Certificate granted to the Participant named above an award (the “Award”) of that number of Restricted Stock Units set forth in this Award Certificate, subject to certain restrictions and on the terms and conditions contained in this Award Certificate, the Employment Agreement between Participant and the Company dated November 2, 2009 (the “Employment Agreement”), and the 2009 Long Term Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time (the “Plan”). A copy of the Plan is available upon request. In the event of any conflict between the terms of the Plan or the Employment Agreement and this Award Certificate, the terms of the Plan and the Employment Agreement shall govern.
2. Dividend Equivalents . Amounts equal to the dividends and distributions paid on shares of the Company’s Common Stock, $2.50 par value per share (the “Common Stock”), shall be accrued for the benefit of the Participant to the same extent as if each Restricted Stock Unit then held by Participant was a share of Common Stock and shall vest and be distributed to the Participant in cash as the Restricted Stock Units vest.
3. Vesting . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Certificate, the Employment Agreement and the Plan, the Restricted Stock Units shall vest (i) in the amounts and on the dates specified on the first page of this certificate or, if earlier (ii) upon the occurrence of any of the events described in Section 3(c)(i) of the Employment Agreement .
4. Settlement of Restricted Stock Units . Upon vesting of Participant’s Restricted Stock Units, the Restricted Stock Units shall be cancelled and in exchange therefor the Company shall cause a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the number of the Restricted Stock Units then cancelled to be issued to the Participant in book-entry form. Any shares of Common Stock issued with respect to the Restricted Stock Units shall be fully registered and freely transferable.
5. Forfeiture Upon Termination of Employment . If, prior to vesting of the Restricted Stock Units pursuant to Section 3, Participant ceases to be continuously employed by either the Company or an Affiliate for any reason other than Retirement (as defined below), Disability (as defined below) or death, then Participant’s rights to all of the unvested Restricted Stock Units shall be immediately and irrevocably forfeited and no shares of Common Stock shall be issued in respect thereof. Approved leaves of absence or employment transfers between the Company or an Affiliate (or vice versa) shall not be deemed terminations or interruptions of employment for vesting of the Restricted Stock Units.
6. Death and Disability . Upon Participant’s death or if Participant’s employment is terminated as a result of Participant’s Disability, the Restricted Stock Units shall become immediately vested in full. “Disability” has the meaning provided in Section 4(a) of the Employment Agreement.
7. Retirement . Upon Participant’s termination of employment with the Company and each of its Affiliates following the Participant’s Retirement, the Restricted Stock Units shall become immediately vested in full. “Retirement” means the Participant’s termination of his employment with the Company and each of its Affiliates for any reason.
8. Restriction on Transfer . Restricted Stock Units shall not be assignable, alienable, saleable, or transferable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Participant may, in the manner established by the Committee, designate a beneficiary or beneficiaries to receive shares of Common Stock with respect to the Restricted Stock Units upon the death of Participant.
9. Income Tax Matters .
     (a) In order to comply with all applicable federal or state income tax laws or regulations, the Company may take such action as it deems appropriate to ensure that all applicable federal or state payroll, withholding, income or other taxes, which are the sole and absolute responsibility of Participant, are withheld or collected from Participant.
     (b) In accordance with the terms of the Plan, and such rules as may be adopted by the Committee under the Plan, Participant may elect to satisfy Participant’s income tax withholding obligations arising from the vesting of the Restricted Stock Units by (i) delivering cash, check (bank check, certified check or personal check) or money order payable to the Company, (ii) having the Company withhold a portion of the Shares otherwise to be delivered having a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum statutorily required amount of such taxes, or (iii) delivering to the Company shares of Common Stock already owned by Participant having a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum statutorily required amount of such taxes. Any shares already owned by Participant referred to in the preceding sentence must have been owned by Participant for no less than six months prior to the date delivered to the Company if such shares were acquired upon the exercise of an option or upon the vesting of restricted stock units or restricted stock.
10. Other . The Company shall not be required to issue any certificate or certificates for shares upon vesting of the Restricted Stock Units (i) if the Common Stock is not listed on any national securities exchange, (ii) prior to the completion of any registration or other qualification of such shares under any state or federal law or rulings or regulations of any governmental regulatory body, and (iii) prior to the Company obtaining any consent or approval or other clearance from any governmental agency which the Company shall, in its sole discretion, determine to be necessary or advisable. Shares to be issued in respect of Restricted Stock Units will be issued only in compliance with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”), and any other applicable securities laws, and the Participant shall comply with any requirements imposed by the Committee under such laws. If the Participant qualifies as an “affiliate” (as that term is defined in Rule 144 (“Rule 144”) promulgated under the Act), upon demand by the Company, the Participant (or any person acting on his or her behalf) shall deliver to the Treasurer at the time of vesting of the Restricted Stock Units a written representation that he or she will acquire shares pursuant to the Plan for his or her own account, that he or she is not taking the shares with a view to distribution and that he or she will dispose of the shares only in compliance with Rule 144.
11. No right to employment . This Restricted Stock Unit Award does not confer on Participant any right with respect to the continuation of employment with the Company or any Affiliate, nor will it interfere in any way with the right of the Company or any Affiliate to terminate the Participant’s employment at any time.
12. Miscellaneous . All decisions or interpretations of the Committee with respect to any question arising under the Plan or this Restricted Stock Unit Award shall be binding, conclusive and final. The waiver by the Company of any provision of this Restricted Stock Unit Award shall not operate as or be construed to be a subsequent waiver of the same provision or of any other provision of the Award. The validity and construction of the Restricted Stock Unit Award shall be governed by the laws of the State of Connecticut. Participant agrees to execute such other agreements, documents or assignments as may be necessary or desirable to effect the purposes of this Restricted Stock Unit Award.
13. Binding Effect . The grant of this Award shall be binding and effective only if this Award Certificate is executed by or on behalf of the Company.
14. Capitalized Terms . All capitalized terms used in this certificate which are not defined in this certificate shall have the meanings given them in the Plan unless the context clearly requires otherwise.

 

Exhibit 10(vi)(e)
     
(STANLEY BLACK&DECKER LOGO)   2009 Long-Term Incentive Plan
Restricted Stock Unit Award
Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Certificate,
James M. Loree has been awarded 200,000 Restricted Stock Units as follows:
      Grant Date: March 15, 2010
      Vests: 50% on March 12, 2014 and 50% on March 12, 2015
Stanley Black & Decker, Inc.
As a member of the Stanley Black & Decker team, your skills and contributions are vital to our Company’s and its Shareholders continued success. This award of restricted stock units provides you with the opportunity to earn significant financial rewards for your efforts and contributions to making Stanley Black & Decker the most successful company it can be.
On behalf of the Board of Directors, Congratulations.
         
     
     
  John F. Lundgren   
  Chief Executive Officer
Stanley Black & Decker, Inc.  
 
 

 


 

RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD TERMS
1. Grant of Restricted Stock Units . This certifies that Stanley Black & Decker, Inc. (the “Company”) has on the Award Date specified in this Award Certificate granted to the Participant named above an award (the “Award”) of that number of Restricted Stock Units set forth in this Award Certificate, subject to certain restrictions and on the terms and conditions contained in this Award Certificate, the Employment Agreement between Participant and the Company dated November 2, 2009 (the “Employment Agreement”), and the 2009 Long Term Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time (the “Plan”). A copy of the Plan is available upon request. In the event of any conflict between the terms of the Plan or the Employment Agreement and this Award Certificate, the terms of the Plan and the Employment Agreement shall govern.
2. Dividend Equivalents . Amounts equal to the dividends and distributions paid on shares of the Company’s Common Stock, $2.50 par value per share (the “Common Stock”), shall be accrued for the benefit of the Participant to the same extent as if each Restricted Stock Unit then held by Participant was a share of Common Stock and shall vest and be distributed to the Participant in cash as the Restricted Stock Units vest.
3. Vesting . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Certificate, the Employment Agreement and the Plan, the Restricted Stock Units shall vest (i) in the amounts and on the dates specified on the first page of this certificate, provided the Participant remains continuously employed by the Company or an Affiliate until the applicable vesting date or, if earlier (ii) upon the occurrence of any of the events described in Section 3(c)(i) of the Employment Agreement .
4. Settlement of Restricted Stock Units . Upon vesting of Participant’s Restricted Stock Units, the Restricted Stock Units shall be cancelled and in exchange therefor the Company shall cause a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the number of the Restricted Stock Units then cancelled to be issued to the Participant in book-entry form. Any shares of Common Stock issued with respect to the Restricted Stock Units shall be fully registered and freely transferable.
5. Forfeiture Upon Termination of Employment . If, prior to vesting of the Restricted Stock Units pursuant to Section 3, Participant ceases to be continuously employed by either the Company or an Affiliate for any reason other than Retirement (as defined below), Disability (as defined below) or death, then Participant’s rights to all of the unvested Restricted Stock Units shall be immediately and irrevocably forfeited and no shares of Common Stock shall be issued in respect thereof. Approved leaves of absence or employment transfers between the Company or an Affiliate (or vice versa) shall not be deemed terminations or interruptions of employment for vesting of the Restricted Stock Units.
6. Death and Disability . Upon Participant’s death or if Participant’s employment is terminated as a result of Participant’s Disability, the Restricted Stock Units shall become immediately vested in full. “Disability” has the meaning provided in Section 4(a) of the Employment Agreement.
7. Retirement . Upon Participant’s termination of employment with the Company and each of its Affiliates following the Participant’s Retirement, the Restricted Stock Units shall become immediately vested in full. “Retirement” means the Participant’s termination of employment with the Company and each of its Affiliates after attaining the age of 55 and completing 10 years of service.
8. Restriction on Transfer . Restricted Stock Units shall not be assignable, alienable, saleable, or transferable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Participant may, in the manner established by the Committee, designate a beneficiary or beneficiaries to receive shares of Common Stock with respect to the Restricted Stock Units upon the death of Participant.
9. Income Tax Matters .
     (a) In order to comply with all applicable federal or state income tax laws or regulations, the Company may take such action as it deems appropriate to ensure that all applicable federal or state payroll, withholding, income or other taxes, which are the sole and absolute responsibility of Participant, are withheld or collected from Participant.
     (b) In accordance with the terms of the Plan, and such rules as may be adopted by the Committee under the Plan, Participant may elect to satisfy Participant’s income tax withholding obligations arising from the vesting of the Restricted Stock Units by (i) delivering cash, check (bank check, certified check or personal check) or money order payable to the Company, (ii) having the Company withhold a portion of the Shares otherwise to be delivered having a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum statutorily required amount of such taxes, or (iii) delivering to the Company shares of Common Stock already owned by Participant having a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum statutorily required amount of such taxes. Any shares already owned by Participant referred to in the preceding sentence must have been owned by Participant for no less than six months prior to the date delivered to the Company if such shares were acquired upon the exercise of an option or upon the vesting of restricted stock units or restricted stock.
10. Other . The Company shall not be required to issue any certificate or certificates for shares upon vesting of the Restricted Stock Units (i) if the Common Stock is not listed on any national securities exchange, (ii) prior to the completion of any registration or other qualification of such shares under any state or federal law or rulings or regulations of any governmental regulatory body, and (iii) prior to the Company obtaining any consent or approval or other clearance from any governmental agency which the Company shall, in its sole discretion, determine to be necessary or advisable. Shares to be issued in respect of Restricted Stock Units will be issued only in compliance with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”), and any other applicable securities laws, and the Participant shall comply with any requirements imposed by the Committee under such laws. If the Participant qualifies as an “affiliate” (as that term is defined in Rule 144 (“Rule 144”) promulgated under the Act), upon demand by the Company, the Participant (or any person acting on his or her behalf) shall deliver to the Treasurer at the time of vesting of the Restricted Stock Units a written representation that he or she will acquire shares pursuant to the Plan for his or her own account, that he or she is not taking the shares with a view to distribution and that he or she will dispose of the shares only in compliance with Rule 144.
11. No right to employment . This Restricted Stock Unit Award does not confer on Participant any right with respect to the continuation of employment with the Company or any Affiliate, nor will it interfere in any way with the right of the Company or any Affiliate to terminate the Participant’s employment at any time.
12. Miscellaneous . All decisions or interpretations of the Committee with respect to any question arising under the Plan or this Restricted Stock Unit Award shall be binding, conclusive and final. The waiver by the Company of any provision of this Restricted Stock Unit Award shall not operate as or be construed to be a subsequent waiver of the same provision or of any other provision of the Award. The validity and construction of the Restricted Stock Unit Award shall be governed by the laws of the State of Connecticut. Participant agrees to execute such other agreements, documents or assignments as may be necessary or desirable to effect the purposes of this Restricted Stock Unit Award.
13. Binding Effect . The grant of this Award shall be binding and effective only if this Award Certificate is executed by or on behalf of the Company.
14. Capitalized Terms . All capitalized terms used in this certificate which are not defined in this certificate shall have the meanings given them in the Plan unless the context clearly requires otherwise.

 

Exhibit 10(vi)(f)
     
(STANLEY BLACK&DECKER LOGO)   2009 Long-Term Incentive Plan
Stock Option Grant Certificate
Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Certificate,
Nolan D. Archibald has been awarded an Option to purchase 1,000,000 Shares as follows:
      Grant Date: March 15, 2010
      Expiration Date: March 15, 2020
      Purchase Price Per Share: $57.495
      Vests: March 12, 2013
Stanley Black & Decker, Inc.
As a member of the Stanley Black & Decker team, your skills and contributions are vital to our Company’s and its Shareholders continued success. This award of stock options provides you with the opportunity to earn significant financial rewards for your efforts and contributions to making Stanley Black & Decker the most successful company it can be.
On behalf of the Board of Directors, Congratulations.
         
     
     
  John F. Lundgren   
  Chief Executive Officer
Stanley Black & Decker, Inc.  
 
 

 


 

NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION TERMS
This certifies that Stanley Black & Decker, Inc. (the “Company”) has on the Grant Date granted to the Grantee named in this Certificate the option (the “Option”) to purchase, on or before the Expiration Date at the Purchase Price per Share, the Option Shares, which shall be shares of the Common Stock of Stanley Black & Decker, Inc., par value $2.50 per share (the “Common Stock”) all as set forth in this certificate. The Option is granted subject to the following terms and conditions and the terms and conditions of (a) the Executive Chairman Agreement between the Grantee and the Company dated November 2, 2009 (the “Employment Agreement”); and (b) the Company’s 2009 Long Term Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time (the “Plan”).
1. Vesting and Exercisability. The Option will become fully vested and exercisable on (i) March 12, 2013 or (ii) if earlier, upon the occurrence of any of the events that cause the Option to become immediately and fully vested pursuant to Section 3(c)(i) of the Employment Agreement. In addition, 100% of the Option will become vested in the event of the Grantee’s termination of employment due to Retirement. Once vested, the Option may be exercised, from time to time, from the applicable vesting date until the Expiration Date set forth in this certificate. Stock may be purchased hereunder only to the extent that this Option has become vested. If, prior to the vesting date for the Option, the Grantee’s employment with the Company and its Affiliates terminates for any reason other than those described in Section 3(c)(i) of the Employment Agreement or Retirement, the unvested portion of the Option will be forfeited.
2. Process of Exercise. The vested portion of the Option may be exercised, in whole or in part, by written notification to the Company’s Treasurer at the Company’s executive offices in New Britain, Connecticut, or by any other procedure established by the Company from time to time. Such notification shall (i) specify the number of shares with respect to which the Option is being exercised, and (ii) be accompanied by payment for such shares. Such notification shall be effective upon its receipt by the Treasurer or any other party designated by the Treasurer on or before the Expiration Date. The Option may not be exercised with respect to a fractional share or with respect to the lesser of 100 shares or the balance of the shares then covered by the Option. In the event the Expiration Date falls on a day which is not a regular business day at the Company’s executive offices in New Britain, Connecticut, then such written notification must be received at such office on or before the last regular business day prior to the Expiration Date. Payment is to be made by check payable to the order of Stanley Black & Decker, Inc. or by one of the alternative methods of payment described in the Plan and acceptable to the Company’s Compensation and Organization Committee (the “Committee”). No shares shall be issued on exercise of the Option until full payment for such shares has been made and all checks delivered in payment therefor have been collected. The Grantee shall not have any rights of a shareholder upon exercise of the Option, including but not limited to, the right to vote or to receive dividends, until stock certificates have been issued to the Grantee.
3. Tax Withholding; etc. The Company shall not be required to issue any certificate or certificates for shares purchased upon the exercise of any part of the Option prior to (i) the admission of such shares to listing on any stock exchange on which the stock may then be listed, (ii) the completion of any registration or other qualification of such shares under any state or federal law or rulings or regulations of any governmental regulatory body, (iii) the obtaining of any consent or approval or other clearance from any governmental agency which the Company shall, in its sole discretion, determine to be necessary or advisable, and (iv) the payment to the Company, upon its demand, of any amount requested by the Company for withholding federal, state or local income or earnings taxes or any other applicable tax or assessment (plus interest or penalties thereon, if any, caused by a delay in making such payment) incurred by reason of the exercise of the Option or the transfer of such shares. The Option shall be exercised and shares issued only upon compliance with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”), and any

 


 

other applicable securities laws, and the Grantee shall comply with any requirements imposed by the Committee under such laws. If the Grantee qualifies as an “affiliate” (as that term is defined in Rule 144 (“Rule 144”) promulgated under the Act), upon demand by the Company, the Grantee (or any person acting on his or her behalf) shall deliver to the Treasurer at the time of any exercise of the Option a written representation that upon exercising the Option he or she will acquire shares pursuant to the Plan for his or her own account, that he or she is not taking the shares with a view to distribution and that he or she will dispose of the shares only in compliance with Rule 144.
4. Transferability. Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, the Option is not transferable by the Grantee otherwise than (i) by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, (ii) pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order, as defined in the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), or (iii) following the Grantee’s Retirement, in whole or in part and without payment of consideration, to (a) the Grantee’s spouse, children and grandchildren (an “Immediate Family Member”) or Immediate Family Members, (b) a trust or trusts for the exclusive benefit of Immediate Family Member(s), or (c) a partnership or partnerships in which Immediate Family Member(s) are the only Partner(s). More particularly (but without limiting the generality of the foregoing), the Option may not be assigned, transferred (except as provided above), pledged or hypothecated in any way, shall not be assignable by operation of law and shall not be subject to execution, attachment or similar process. The Company reserves the right to charge administrative fees in respect of such transfers.
5. No Right to Employment. The Option does not confer upon the Grantee any right with respect to continuation of employment with the Company or any Affiliate, and will not interfere in any way with the right of the Company or any Affiliate to terminate the Grantee’s employment.
6 . Termination of Employment . Notwithstanding any other provisions:
Once vested, the Option shall remain exercisable by the Grantee (or, following the Grantee’s death, the person designated in the Grantee’s last will and testament or if no person is designated, the Grantee’s estate) until the Expiration Date.
Leaves of absence for such periods and purposes conforming to the personnel policy of the Company as may be approved by the Committee shall not be deemed terminations or interruptions of employment.
In the event the Option is exercised by the executors, administrators, legatees or distributees of the estate of the Grantee, the Company shall be under no obligation to issue shares unless the Company is satisfied that the person or persons exercising the Option are the duly appointed legal representatives of the Grantee’s estate or the proper legatees or distributees thereof.
7. Adjustments. In the event of a merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, stock dividend, stock split or other changes in corporate structure or capitalization affecting the Common Stock, the number of shares remaining to be exercised under the Option and the Purchase Price shall be appropriately adjusted by the Committee in accordance with the terms and provisions of the Plan. If, as a result of any adjustment under this paragraph, the Grantee becomes entitled to a fractional share, he or she shall have the right to purchase only the adjusted number of full shares and no payment or other adjustment will be made with respect to the fractional share so disregarded.
8. Miscellaneous. All decisions or interpretations of the Committee with respect to any question arising under the Plan or under the Option shall be subject to Section 10 of the Employment Agreement. The waiver by the Company of any provision of the Option shall not operate as or be construed to be a subsequent waiver of the same provision or a waiver of any other provision of the Option. The Option shall be irrevocable and its validity and construction shall be governed by the laws of the State of

 


 

Connecticut. The terms and conditions set forth in the Option are subject in all respects to the terms and conditions of the Employment Agreement and the Plan, which shall be controlling. Grantee agrees to execute such other agreements, documents, or assignments as may be necessary or desirable to effect the purposes of the Option.
9. Binding Effect. The grant of this Option shall be binding and effective only if this Certificate is executed by or on behalf of the Company.
10. Capitalized Terms. The term “Retirement” means the Grantee’s termination of employment at or after attaining the age of 55 and completing 10 years of service. The term “Disability” has the meaning set forth in Section 5(a) of the Employment Agreement. All other capitalized terms used in this Certificate which are not defined herein or on the front of this certificate shall have the meanings given them in the Plan unless the context clearly requires otherwise.

 

Exhibit 10(xi)(a)
The Black & Decker Corporation 2004 Restricted Stock Plan
1. Purpose
     The purpose of The Black & Decker Corporation 2004 Restricted Stock Plan is to attract and retain executives and key employees of The Black & Decker Corporation (the “Corporation”) and its subsidiaries, to motivate those employees to put forth maximum efforts for the long-term success of the business, to encourage ownership of the Corporation’s stock by them, and to further align the interests of executives and key employees with those of the Corporation’s stockholders.
2. Definitions
     The following definitions are applicable to the Plan.
     a. “Award” means an award of Restricted Shares under the Plan.
     b. “Board of Directors” means the Board of Directors of the Corporation.
     c. “Change in Control of the Corporation” means a change in control of the Corporation of a nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item 6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A promulgated under the Exchange Act, whether or not the Corporation is in fact required to comply therewith, provided that, without limitation, such a change in control shall be deemed to have occurred if (i) any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act), other than a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries, or a corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Corporation in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Corporation, is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Corporation representing 20% or more of the combined voting power of the Corporation’s then outstanding securities; (ii) during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board of Directors and any new director (other than a director designated by a person who has entered into an agreement with the Corporation to effect a transaction described in clauses (i) or (iv)) whose election by the Board of Directors or nomination for election by the Corporation’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute a majority thereof; (iii) the Corporation enters into an agreement, the consummation of which would result in the occurrence of a Change in Control of the Corporation; or (iv) the stockholders of the Corporation approve a merger, share exchange or consolidation of the Corporation with any other corporation or entity, other than a merger, share exchange or consolidation that would result in the voting securities of the Corporation outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) at least 60% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the Corporation or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after the merger, share exchange or consolidation, or the stockholders of the Corporation approve a plan of complete liquidation of the Corporation or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Corporation of all or substantially all the Corporation’s assets.

 


 

     d. “Committee” means a committee consisting of designated members of the Board of Directors who are not full-time employees of the Corporation. The Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors shall serve as the Committee until further action of the Board of Directors.
     e. “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
     f. “Participant” means the recipient of an Award who has entered into a Restricted Share Agreement with the Corporation.
     g. “Plan” means The Black & Decker Corporation 2004 Restricted Stock Plan as originally approved by the stockholders of the Corporation on April 27, 2004, as it may be amended from time to time.
     h. “Restricted Share” means a share of Stock awarded under the Plan that is subject to a risk of forfeiture or other restrictions that will lapse upon the occurrence of events enumerated in the Plan.
     i. “Restricted Share Agreement” means the agreement between the Corporation and the recipient of Restricted Shares that contains the terms, conditions, and restrictions pertaining to the Restricted Shares.
     j. “Stock” means the shares of Common Stock, par value $.50 per share, of the Corporation.
     k. “Subsidiary” means any business entity in which the Corporation, directly or indirectly, owns 50 percent or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock or other equity interests.
3. Operation and Administration
     a. The Plan shall become effective upon approval by the stockholders of the Corporation prior to May 1, 2004, and shall be administered by the Committee.
     b. A majority of the members of the Committee shall constitute a quorum. The vote of a majority of a quorum shall constitute action by the Committee.
     c. The Committee shall from time to time designate those executives and employees who, in its opinion, should receive Awards and the number of Restricted Shares subject to each Award.
     d. An Award shall become effective only upon the execution of a Restricted Share Agreement between the Corporation and the recipient of the Award.
     e. All Awards under the Plan are subject to withholding of all applicable taxes, and the Committee may condition the delivery of any shares or other benefits under the Plan on satisfaction of the applicable withholding obligations.
     f. The Committee’s interpretation and construction of the provisions of the Plan and the rules and regulations adopted by the Committee shall be final, unless otherwise determined by the Board of Directors. No member of the Committee or the Board of Directors shall be liable for any action taken or determination made, in good faith, in respect of the Plan.

 


 

     g. The Committee may impose such other terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, as it deems advisable, including, without limitation, restrictions and requirements relating to the shares of Stock acquired under the Plan.
     h. Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Plan, the Corporation shall have no obligation to deliver any shares of Stock under the Plan or make any other distribution or benefit under the Plan unless the delivery or distribution would comply with all applicable laws (including, without limitation, the Securities Act of 1933 or the Exchange Act).
4. Participation in the Plan
     a. Participation in the Plan shall be limited to the executives and employees of the Corporation who shall be designated by the Committee.
     b. No member of the Board of Directors who is not also an employee of the Corporation shall be eligible to participate in the Plan.
5. Stock Subject to the Plan
     a. There are reserved for the granting of Awards pursuant to the Plan, and for issuance pursuant to such Awards, 1,000,000 shares of Stock. If any shares of Stock as to which an Award has been made are canceled, forfeited, otherwise cease to be subject to the Award prior to vesting of the Award in the recipient, or delivered for payment of withholding taxes, the shares shall be available for issuance in connection with Awards made pursuant to the Plan.
     b. In the event of reorganization, recapitalization, stock split, stock dividend, combination of shares, merger, consolidation, share exchange, acquisition of property or stock, or any change in the capital structure of the Corporation, the Committee shall make such adjustments as may be appropriate, in its discretion, in the number and kind of shares reserved for Awards and in the number, kind, and price of shares covered by Awards made pursuant to the Plan. Any adjustments made by the Committee shall be final, binding, and conclusive.
6. Terms and Conditions of Restricted Share Awards
     a. Each Award shall be evidenced by a Restricted Share Agreement between the recipient and the Corporation in a form approved by the Committee. The Restricted Shares shall be subject to all applicable terms of the Plan and may be subject to any other terms imposed by the Committee that are not inconsistent with the Plan.
     b. Restricted Shares may be awarded under the Plan for such consideration as the Committee may determine, including (without limitation) cash, past services, or future services. Unless otherwise specified by the Committee in the Restricted Share Agreement, the consideration for the Restricted Shares shall be the continuation of the Participant as an employee of the Corporation or its Subsidiaries for the duration of the restricted period.
     c. Each Restricted Share Agreement shall provide that all Restricted Shares subject to the Agreement shall become fully vested if a Change in Control of the Corporation occurs or the Participant dies or becomes totally disabled while in the employ of the Corporation or its Subsidiaries.

 


 

     d. Except as provided in paragraph f of this section 6, the holder of Restricted Shares awarded under the Plan shall have the same voting, dividend, and other rights with respect to the Restricted Shares as a holder of unrestricted shares of the Corporation has with respect to those shares.
     e. When an award of Restricted Shares is granted hereunder, the Corporation shall issue a certificate or certificates in respect of such Restricted Shares registered in the name of the recipient. The recipient shall deposit the certificate or certificates with the Corporate Secretary, together with a duly executed stock power, to be held by the Corporate Secretary until (1) the Restricted Shares represented are no longer restricted and all applicable withholding taxes have been paid to the Corporation or (2) the Restricted Shares represented are forfeited.
     f. Any Restricted Shares granted hereunder may not be assigned, granted, encumbered or transferred until the Restricted Shares become fully vested as provided in the applicable Restricted Share Agreement.
7. Cancellation and Rescission of Awards
     Unless the Restricted Share Agreement specifies otherwise, the Committee may cancel, rescind, suspend, withhold, or otherwise limit or restrict any unexpired, unpaid, or deferred Awards at any time if the participant is not in compliance with all applicable provisions of the applicable Restricted Share Agreement and the Plan, the participant voluntarily terminates employment by the Corporation without the Committee’s approval, or the participant engages in any conduct or act determined by the Committee to be injurious, detrimental, or prejudicial to any interest of the Corporation. All such Restricted Shares that are canceled or rescinded shall again be available for award under this Plan.
8. Amendments and Discontinuance of the Plan
     The Board of Directors, at any time and from time to time, may amend, modify, or discontinue the Plan provided that no such amendment, modification, or discontinuance of the Plan shall (a) revoke or alter the terms of any Award previously granted pursuant to the Plan, (b) increase the number of shares of Stock reserved for issuance under the Plan, or (c) extend the time that Awards may be made under the Plan beyond May 1, 2009.
9. Plan Subject to Governmental Laws and Regulations
     The Plan and the terms of the Awards made pursuant to the Plan shall be subject to all applicable governmental laws and regulations. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, the Board of Directors may in its sole and absolute discretion make such changes in the Plan as may be required to conform the Plan to such laws and regulations.
10. No Guarantee of Employment
     Nothing in the Plan, in any Award granted pursuant to the Plan, or in any Restricted Share Agreement shall be construed as a contract of employment between the Corporation and the recipient of an award, and selection of any person as a Participant will not give that person the right to continue in the employ of the Corporation, the right to continue to provide services to the

 


 

Corporation, or as a limitation of the right of the Corporation to discharge any participating employee or any other person at any time.
11. Exclusion From Retirement and Fringe Benefit Computations
     No portion of any Award under this Plan shall be taken into account as “wages,” “salary,” or “compensation” for any purpose, whether in determining eligibility, benefits, or otherwise, under (a) any pension, retirement, profit sharing, or other qualified or non-qualified plan of deferred compensation, (b) any employee welfare or fringe benefit plan including, but not limited to, group insurance, hospitalization, medical, and disability, or (c) any form of extraordinary pay including, but not limited to, bonuses, sick pay, and vacation pay.
12. Liability Limited; Indemnification
     a. To the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law, neither the Corporation, the Board of Directors, the Committee, nor any member of the Committee shall be liable for any action or determination made with respect to this Plan.
     b. In addition to such other rights of indemnification that they may have, the members of the Board of Directors and the Committee shall be indemnified by the Corporation to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law against any and all liabilities and expenses incurred in connection with their service in such capacity.
     c. All notices and other communications made or given pursuant to this Plan shall be in writing and shall be sufficiently made or given if delivered or mailed, addressed to the employee at the most recent address contained in the records of the Corporation or to the Corporation at its principal office at 701 East Joppa Road, Towson, Maryland 21286.

 

Exhibit 10(xi)(b)
Restricted Share Agreement
          This Restricted Share Agreement is made effective as of ___, ___between The Black & Decker Corporation (the Corporation) and the undersigned participant (the Participant) in The Black & Decker Corporation 2004 Restricted Stock Plan (the Plan). Terms used in this Agreement that are defined in the Plan have the meanings assigned to them in the Plan.
     1. The Participant has been granted an Award of ______Restricted Shares by the Committee.
     2. The Restricted Shares are not transferable by the Participant.
     3. The Restricted Shares will be forfeited (a) if the Committee determines that the Participant has engaged in any conduct or act injurious, detrimental, or prejudicial to any interest of the Corporation, (b) if the Participant files an election under Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code without the prior approval of the Committee, or (c) except as set forth in paragraph 4 of this Agreement, automatically on the date the Participant ceases to be a full-time or part-time employee of the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries.
     4. Unless previously forfeited under paragraph 3 of this Agreement, the Restricted Shares shall become fully vested and no longer subject to forfeiture upon (a) a Change in Control of the Corporation, (b) the death of the Participant while a full-time or part-time employee of the Corporation, (c) termination of the Participant’s employment by the Corporation or its Subsidiaries due to permanent physical or mental disability of the Participant, or (d) the completion, after the date of this Agreement, of ___ years of full-time or part-time employment by the Corporation or its Subsidiaries. For purposes of this Agreement, part-time employment shall mean regularly working 20 hours or more per week. Upon retirement prior to ___ years of full-time or part-time employment, the Restricted Shares will become vested in an amount determined by multiplying the number of shares in the Award by a fraction the numerator of which is the number of days of full-time or part-time employment completed after the date of this Agreement and the denominator of which is ___.
     5. The Participant acknowledges receiving a copy of the Plan, the terms of which are incorporated into this Agreement.
         
  The Black & Decker Corporation
 
 
  By:      
    Title:   
       
 
  (Participant’s signature)

Participant:
 
 
     

 

Exhibit 10(xii)(b)
Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement
     This Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (this Agreement) is made effective as of                      , ___ between The Black & Decker Corporation (the Corporation) and the undersigned participant (the Participant) in The Black & Decker 2008 Restricted Stock Plan (the Plan). Terms used in this Agreement that are defined in the Plan have the meanings assigned to them in the Plan.
     1. The Participant has been granted an Award of                      Restricted Stock Units (RSU’s) by the Committee.
     2. The RSU’s granted pursuant to this Award do not and shall not entitle the Participant to any rights as a holder of Common Stock; provided, however, that, as long as the Participant holds RSU’s granted pursuant to this Award, the Corporation shall pay to the Participant, on each date that the Corporation pays a cash dividend to the holders of Common Stock, a cash payment equal to the dividends otherwise payable on the Common Stock represented by the Participant’s RSU’s. The rights of the Participant with respect to the RSU’s shall remain forfeitable at all times prior to the date on which such rights become vested in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.
     3. The RSU’s are not transferable by the Participant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Participant may, in the manner established by the Committee, designate a beneficiary or beneficiaries to exercise the rights of the Participant and receive any property distributable with respect to the RSU’s upon the death of the Participant.
     4. The RSU’s will be forfeited (a) if the Committee determines that the Participant has engaged in any conduct or act injurious, detrimental, or prejudicial to any interest of the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries or (b) except as set forth in paragraph 5 of this Agreement, automatically on the date the Participant ceases to be a full-time or part-time employee of the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries.
     5. Unless previously forfeited under paragraph 4 of this Agreement, the RSU’s shall become fully vested and no longer subject to forfeiture upon (a) a Change in Control of the Corporation, (b) the death of the Participant while a full-time or part-time employee of the Corporation, (c) termination of the Participant’s employment by the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries due to permanent physical or mental disability of the Participant, or (d) the completion, after the date of this Agreement, of______ years of full-time or part-time employment by the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries. For purposes of this Agreement, part-time employment shall mean regularly working 20 hours or more per week. Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon separation from service due to the Participant’s retirement at or after age 60 and prior to                      years of full-time or part-time employment after the date of this Agreement, the RSU’s will become vested in an amount determined by multiplying the number of units in the Award by a fraction the numerator of which is the number of days of full-time or part-time employment completed after the date of this Agreement and the denominator of which is                      , and a corresponding number of shares of Common Stock will be issued to the Participant on the date that is six months and one day following the Participant’s separation from service.
     6. The Participant acknowledges receiving a copy of the Plan, the terms of which are incorporated into this Agreement. Inconsistencies between this Agreement and the Plan will be resolved according to the terms of the Plan. The Participant accepts the grant of the RSU’s subject to all the terms and provisions of the Plan.
     7. No shares of Common Stock shall be issued to the Participant prior to the date on which the RSU’s vest in accordance with this Agreement. Neither this paragraph 7 nor any action taken pursuant to or in accordance with this Agreement shall be construed to create a trust of any kind. After any RSU’s vest in accordance with the terms of this Agreement (other than upon the Participant’s separation from service due to retirement), the Corporation shall promptly cause to be issued to the Participant shares of Common Stock equivalent to the number of vested RSU’s in payment of such vested RSU’s.
     8. By signing below, the Participant voluntarily acknowledges and consents to the collection, use, processing and transfer of personal data as described in this paragraph. The Participant is not obliged to consent to such collection, use, processing and transfer of personal data. Failure to provide the consent may, however, affect the Participant’s ability to participate in the Plan. The Corporation holds certain personal information about the

 


 

Participant, including the Participant’s name, home address and telephone number, date of birth, social security number or other employee identification number, salary, nationality, job title, any shares of stock or directorships held in the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries and details of all benefits to which the Participant is entitled under the Plan for the purpose of managing and administering the Plan (Data). The Corporation and its Subsidiaries will transfer Data amongst themselves as necessary for the purpose of implementation, administration and management of the Plan, and the Corporation and any of its Subsidiaries may each further transfer Data to any third parties assisting the Corporation in the implementation, administration and management of the Plan. These recipients may be located in the European Union or elsewhere throughout the world, such as the United States. The Participant authorizes them to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer the Data, in electronic or other form, for the purposes of implementing, administering and managing the Plan, including any requisite transfer of such Data as may be required for the administration of the Plan. The Participant may, at any time, review Data, require any necessary amendments to it or withdraw the consent herein in writing by contacting the Corporation; however, withdrawing such consent may affect the Participant’s ability to participate in the Plan.
     9. This Award does not confer on Participant any right with respect to the continuance of any relationship with the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries, nor will it interfere in any way with the right of the Corporation or its Subsidiaries to terminate such relationship at any time.
                     
    The Black & Decker Corporation
 
                   
 
  By:                
         
 
                   
 
                   
     
    (Participant’s signature)
 
                   
    Participant:    
 
           

 

Exhibit 10(xix)
THE BLACK & DECKER ____ STOCK OPTION PLAN
NONQUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
This Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement (this “Agreement”) is made as of                            , 20       between The Black & Decker Corporation (the “Corporation”) and                      (the “Option Holder”). The Board of Directors of the Corporation has authorized the grant of the following nonqualified stock options to the Option Holder under the Corporation’s ___Stock Option Plan (the “Plan”), subject to the terms and provisions of the Plan and the additional conditions set forth below.
The Corporation and the Option Holder agree as follows:
1.   The Option Holder accepts all provisions of the Plan, a copy of which has been delivered to the Option Holder.
 
2.   The Corporation grants to the Option Holder, subject to the conditions of the Plan, an option to purchase ___ shares of the Common Stock of the Corporation in installments as set forth in paragraph 3 of this Agreement at $  per share.
 
3.   Options covered by this Agreement shall become exercisable and may be exercised in installments in accordance with the following schedule:
         
 
  First block                                    shares                                  , 20      
 
  Second block                                    shares                                  , 20      
 
  Third block                                    shares                                  , 20      
 
  Fourth block                                    shares                                  , 20      
4.   No option covered by this Agreement may be exercised later than ___, 20___.
 
5.   Limited stock appreciation rights have been granted with these stock options in accordance with Article 10:00 of the Plan.
 
6.   The options covered by this Agreement may be exercised nonsequentially in respect of any other stock option granted under the Plan, whether now in the Option Holder’s possession or hereafter acquired.
 
7.   In the event that the Option Holder elects to satisfy the tax withholding obligation by having the Corporation withhold shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of any options covered by this Agreement, the number of shares of Common Stock to be withheld shall be based on the minimum estimated federal, state and local taxes payable by the Option Holder as a result of the exercise of the options.

 


 

The undersigned parties have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.
         
  THE BLACK & DECKER CORPORATION
 
 
  By:      
    Title:     
   
   
  Option Holder   
 

 

Exhibit 10(xx)
THE BLACK & DECKER
SUPPLEMENTAL PENSION PLAN
Amended and Restated Effective as of
January 1, 2008

 


 

THE BLACK & DECKER
SUPPLEMENTAL PENSION PLAN
TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
SECTION 1 — Purpose and Effect
    1  
 
       
SECTION 2 — Definitions
    1  
 
       
SECTION 3 — Eligibility
    3  
 
       
SECTION 4 — Calculation of Supplemental Pension
    3  
 
       
SECTION 5 — Payment of Supplemental Pension
    4  
 
       
SECTION 6 — Death Benefits
    4  
 
       
SECTION 7 — Beneficiary Designation
    5  
 
       
SECTION 8 — Tax Withholdings
    5  
 
       
SECTION 9 — Payments in the Event of Incapacity
    6  
 
       
SECTION 10 — Forfeitures
    6  
 
       
SECTION 11 — Company’s Obligations Unfunded and Unsecured
    7  
 
       
SECTION 12 — Alienation or Encumbrance
    8  
 
       
SECTION 13 — Administration of Plan
    8  
 
       
SECTION 14 — No Guarantee of Employment
    9  
 
       
SECTION 15 — Choice of Law
    9  
 
       
SECTION 16 — Claims Procedure
    9  
 
       
SECTION 17 — Amendments and Termination
    10  
-i-

 


 

THE BLACK & DECKER
SUPPLEMENTAL PENSION PLAN
SECTION 1 — Purpose and Effect
     This Plan was originally established by Black & Decker (U.S.) Inc., effective as of October 1, 1989, to provide certain employees of the Black & Decker Companies with benefits that would otherwise be provided under a Defined Benefit Plan but for reductions or restrictions to such benefits required by federal law. Specifically, this Plan provides Participants with a Supplemental Pension to compensate for the loss of benefits that otherwise would have been payable under a Defined Benefit Plan were it not for the Limitations. This Plan is to be unfunded and is maintained for the purpose of providing deferred compensation for a select group of management or highly compensated employees.
     This document amends and fully restates this Plan effective as of January 1, 2008. The terms of this amended and restated document shall apply to Participants who incur a Separation from Service on or after January 1, 2008. The benefits under this Plan with respect to any Participant whose Separation from Service occurred prior to January 1, 2008 shall be determined under the terms of this Plan as in effect on the date of such Participant’s Separation from Service without regard to amendments made to this Plan thereafter.
SECTION 2 — Definitions
     As used in this Plan, the following terms shall have the meanings indicated:
     “Accrued Pension” means the benefit the Participant has accrued and vested under a Defined Benefit Plan, expressed as a single-life annuity payable for the Participant’s life beginning at the Participant’s normal retirement date or, if later, his or her actual retirement date, under the Defined Benefit Plan.
     “Actuarial Equivalent” means a benefit of equivalent value on a specific date, computed on the basis of the actuarial assumptions used to determine benefit equivalencies under the applicable Defined Benefit Plan and using such other reasonable actuarial assumptions and methods that may be adopted by the Pension Committee from time to time, in its sole discretion, for this purpose. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event a Participant has elected to receive the accelerated method of payment (five annual installments or lump sum payment) of the present value of his or her Supplemental Pension under this Plan, the amount of the lump sum payment or installment payments (including the Supplemental Spouse’s Death Benefit) shall be calculated using an interest rate equal to four and one-half percent (4.5%) and the 1994 Group Annuity Reserving Table (determined on a unisex basis and projected to 2002, all as described in IRS Revenue Ruling 2001-62 ) and assuming that the Participant will earn no wages subject to the Social Security Act nor further accrue any other retirement benefits after his or her Benefit Determination Date and that his or her retirement benefits under the Social Security Act and all other retirement benefits will begin at the earliest date they are available after the Participant’s Benefit Determination Date and using such other reasonable actuarial assumptions and methods that may be adopted by the Pension Committee from time to time, in its sole discretion, for this purpose.
     “Benefit Determination Date” means the first day of the calendar month immediately following the later of the Participant’s 55 th birthday or the date of his or her Separation from Service.
     “Beneficiary” means the beneficiary designated in accordance with Section 7 to receive any benefit provided under this Plan in the event of a Participant’s death.
     “Black & Decker Company” means The Black & Decker Corporation or any of its affiliates and subsidiaries.
     “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
     “Company” means Black & Decker (U.S.) Inc.

 


 

     “Defined Benefit Plan” means a defined benefit plan within the meaning of Section 3(35) of ERISA that is sponsored by a Black & Decker Company and is intended to qualify under Section 401(a) of the Code.
     “ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.
     “Limitations” means the maximum limitation on benefits under Section 415 of the Code and reductions in pensionable earnings due to Section 401(a)(17) of the Code and the deferral of compensation under The Black & Decker Supplemental Retirement Savings Plan or other similar plan.
     “Participant” means any employee of a Black & Decker Company eligible to participate in this Plan in accordance with Section 3.
     “Payment Date” means the Participant’s Benefit Determination Date or, in the case of a Participant who qualifies as a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code and related guidance and regulations, the first day of the calendar month immediately following the later of the Participant’s Benefit Determination Date or the date that is six months and one day after his or her Separation from Service. A Participant will be a “specified employee” only if, as of the date of the Participant’s Separation from Service, the Participant is identified as a “specified employee” on a separate document created by the Pension Management Committee of The Black & Decker Corporation that is applicable to this Plan and all nonqualified deferred compensation plans of any Black & Decker Company, which document (as modified from time to time) is hereby incorporated herein by this reference and made a part of this Plan. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, if the Pension Committee reasonably determines that the making of any payment to a Participant under this Plan will violate federal securities laws or other applicable law, the Pension Committee may delay a Participant’s Payment Date until the earliest date at which the Pension Committee determines that the making of that payment will not violate those laws.
     “Pension Committee” means The Black & Decker (U.S.) Inc. Pension Committee.
     “Plan” means this document entitled “The Black & Decker Supplemental Pension Plan” as amended from time to time.
     “Separation from Service” means a separation from service within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(i) of the Code and related guidance and regulations.
     “Supplemental Pension” means the supplemental pension benefit determined in accordance with Section 4.
     “Supplemental Spouse’s Death Benefit” means the pre-retirement death benefit payable to a Participant’s surviving spouse as more particularly described in Section 6(b).
SECTION 3 — Eligibility
     Except as otherwise provided under this Section 3 or by Section 10 of this Plan, any employee of a Black & Decker Company who is determined by the Pension Committee to be a member of a select group of management or highly compensated employees of a Black & Decker Company and whose benefit under any Defined Benefit Plan is reduced because of the Limitations shall be a Participant in this Plan eligible to receive a Supplemental Pension. If a Participant’s benefit under more than one Defined Benefit Plan is reduced because of the Limitations, the Participant shall be eligible to receive a separate Supplemental Pension relating to each such Defined Benefit Plan, and the provisions of this Plan shall be applied separately with respect to each such Supplemental Pension.
SECTION 4 — Calculation of Supplemental Pension
     A Participant’s Supplemental Pension relating to any Defined Benefit Plan shall be the Actuarial Equivalent of a benefit that would begin on the Participant’s Benefit Determination Date that is equal to the excess of:
     (a) The Participant’s Accrued Pension, calculated without regard to the Limitations; over

 


 

     (b) The Participant’s actual Accrued Pension.
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Supplemental Pension shall be reduced by the Actuarial Equivalent of the amount of any benefit payable by a Black & Decker Company, or by a plan sponsored by a Black & Decker Company, which is similarly intended to offset the impact of any of the Limitations.
SECTION 5 — Payment of Supplemental Pension
     (a) Except as provided in Section 5(b), a Participant’s Supplemental Pension shall be paid in the form of a monthly 10-year guaranteed single life annuity for the Participant’s life, commencing on the Participant’s Payment Date, and providing that, in the event the Participant should die before receiving at least 120 of those monthly payments, the balance of those 120 monthly payments will continue to be paid monthly to the Participant’s Beneficiary until the Participant and his or her Beneficiary together shall have received a total of 120 monthly payments.
     (b) Any Participant who was eligible for and, on or before December 31, 2006, properly elected the accelerated payment of the Supplemental Pension shall receive his or her Supplemental Pension under Paragraphs (1) or (2) of this Section 5(b).
     (1) If the Participant’s Payment Date occurs before his or her 65th birthday, the present value of the Participant’s Supplemental Pension (including any benefits payable to the spouse or other Beneficiary) shall be paid to him or her in five (5) equal annual installments that are the Actuarial Equivalent of the Participant’s Supplemental Pension (including any benefits payable to the spouse or other Beneficiary), which installments shall be payable on the Participant’s Payment Date and the succeeding four anniversaries of the Participant’s Payment Date, with those installment payments being calculated taking into account interest from the Benefit Determination Date to the date of the last installment payment at the rate of four and one-half percent (4.5%).
     (2) If the Participant’s Payment Date occurs on or after the Participant’s 65th birthday, the present value of the Participant’s Supplemental Pension (including any benefits payable to the spouse or other Beneficiary) shall be paid to him or her in a lump sum payment that is the Actuarial Equivalent of the Participant’s Supplemental Pension (including any benefits payable to the spouse or other Beneficiary).
SECTION 6 — Death Benefits
     (a) Except as provided in Section 6(c), if a Participant dies on or after the Participant’s Payment Date, the only death benefit payable to his or her Beneficiary from this Plan shall be the death benefit, if any, payable to the Beneficiary under Section 5(a), commencing on the date one month after the date of the last monthly payment paid to the Participant before his or her death. No death benefit shall be payable to the Participant’s Beneficiary under this Section 6(a) if the Participant elected the 5-year installments or lump sum accelerated method of payment under Section 5(d). If a Participant’s Beneficiary predeceases the Participant, the death benefit provided under this Section 6(a) shall be paid to the contingent Beneficiary designated by the Participant, or if none is designated, to the Participant’s estate.
     (b) If a Participant dies before the Participant’s Payment Date, the only death benefit that shall be provided from this Plan is the Supplemental Spouse’s Death Benefit. Except as provided in Section 5(d), the Supplemental Spouse’s Death Benefit shall be a benefit payable to the Participant’s surviving spouse at the same time and in the same form as the surviving spouse is paid the spouse’s death benefit under the related Defined Benefit Plan. The amount of the Supplemental Spouse’s Death Benefit shall be determined in the same manner as the spouse’s death benefit under the related Defined Benefit Plan is determined, except on the basis of the

 


 

Participant’s Supplemental Pension under this Plan rather than the Participant’s Accrued Pension under the Defined Benefit Plan. The Participant’s spouse who is entitled to receive the payment(s) under this Section 6(b) shall be the person, if any, of the opposite sex to whom the participant is legally married at the Participant’s death.
     (c) In the event a Participant has validly elected the accelerated method of payment under Section 5(b) and dies before his or her Separation from Service, the Participant’s spouse, if any, shall receive the Actuarial Equivalent present value of the Supplemental Spouse’s Death Benefit under Section 6(b), payable in five (5) annual installment payments if the Participant died before reaching age 65, or in a lump sum payment if the Participant died on or after his or her 65th birthday, with the payment(s) beginning or to be made on the first day of the third full calendar month following the Participant’s date of death. If the Participant has validly elected the accelerated method of payment under Section 5(b) and dies before his or her Separation from Service and has no surviving spouse, then no benefit shall be payable to anyone under this Plan with respect to the Participant. If the Participant has validly elected the accelerated method of payment under Section 5(b) and dies after his or her Separation from Service but before receiving the lump sum payment or all of the 5-year installment payments as elected under this Section 5(d), then that lump sum payment or the remaining installment payments shall be paid to the Participant’s Beneficiary at the time those payments would have been paid to the Participant. The Participant’s spouse who is entitled to receive the payment(s) under this Section 6(c) shall be the person, if any, of the opposite sex to whom the participant is legally married at the Participant’s death.
SECTION 7 — Beneficiary Designation
     A Participant may designate a Beneficiary and contingent Beneficiary to receive the death benefit provided under Section 6. A Participant’s Beneficiary designation must be in writing, on a form signed by the Participant and acceptable to the Pension Committee, and shall be effective upon receipt by the Pension Committee before the Participant’s death. A Participant may change his or her Beneficiary designation at any time and the last designation received by the Pension Committee shall control. If the Participant fails to validly designate a Beneficiary under this Plan or if his designated Beneficiary fails to survive him or her, any death benefit provided under Section 6 shall be paid to the contingent Beneficiary designated by the Participant, or if none is designated, to the Participant’s estate.
SECTION 8 — Tax Withholdings
     The Company shall have the right to deduct from each payment to be made hereunder any withholding or other taxes required by law.
SECTION 9 — Payments in the Event of Incapacity
     In the event that the Pension Committee shall find that the Participant or other person entitled to a benefit is unable to care for his or her affairs because of illness or accident or is a minor or has died, the Company may pay any benefit payment due him or her to his or her spouse, a child, a parent or other blood relative, or to a person with whom he or she resides, unless claim shall have been made therefor by a duly appointed legal representative, and any such payment so made shall be a complete discharge of the liabilities of the Company therefor.
SECTION 10 — Forfeitures
     (a) Anything to the contrary notwithstanding, all of the rights and benefits under this Plan of a Participant, his or her surviving spouse and his or her Beneficiary, shall be forfeited under the following circumstances:
     (1) if the Participant’s employment with the Black & Decker Companies is terminated by reason of fraud, misappropriation or intentional material damage to the property or business of a Black & Decker Company; commission of a felony; or the continuance of a willful and repeated failure by the Participant to perform his or her duties after written notice to the Participant specifying such failure; or
     (2) if, during the period of 24 months beginning on the date of his or her termination of employment with the Black & Decker Companies, without the prior written consent of the applicable Black & Decker Company,

 


 

the Participant enters into competition with any of the Black & Decker Companies or discloses or uses confidential information of any of the Black & Decker Companies.
     (b) If a Participant receives payment of his or her benefits under this Plan in a lump sum or installments in accordance with Section 5(b) and during the period of 24 months beginning on the date of his or her termination of employment with the Black & Decker Companies, without the Company’s written consent, enters into competition with any of the Black & Decker Companies or discloses or uses confidential information, the Participant shall forfeit his or her right to those installment payments or that lump sum payment and shall immediately repay to the Company the full amount of that lump sum payment or the installment payments that he or she received in accordance with Section 5(b).
     (c) For the purposes of this Plan, a Participant shall be deemed to have entered into competition with one of the Black & Decker Companies if the Participant, directly or indirectly, solicits as a customer any company that is or was a customer of a Black & Decker Company during the Participant’s employment, or that is or was a potential customer of a Black & Decker Company with which a Black & Decker Company has made business contacts during the Participant’s employment; provided, however, that the Participant shall not be deemed to be in competition with Black & Decker by soliciting a company as a customer of any business that is not in direct or indirect competition with any of the types of businesses conducted by a Black & Decker Company within any of the same territories as the Black & Decker Companies conduct such business. In addition, a Participant shall be deemed to have entered into competition with one of the Black & Decker Companies he or she directly or indirectly (whether as a consultant, agent, officer, director, stockholder, employee, owner, operator, sole proprietor, partner, joint venturer or otherwise) participates in or is connected with the ownership, operation, management or control of any business enterprise which is in competition, whether direct or indirect, with any of the types of businesses conducted by any of the Black & Decker Companies for which the Participant rendered any services within the preceding 36 months and within any of the same territories as such Black & Decker Companies conduct that type of business, as determined by the Pension Committee in its sole and absolute discretion; provided, however, that the Participant’s ownership for investment of five percent (5%) or less of the stock of a publicly-held company shall not be prohibited hereby. For the purposes of this Plan, the term “confidential information” means any information which any of the Black & Decker Companies considers secret or confidential, including but not limited to information about the business, customers, employees, or marketing of the Black & Decker Companies, or technical data, drawings or other know-how, as determined by the Pension Committee in its sole and absolute discretion; provided, however, that the disclosure or use by the Participant of secret or confidential information shall not be prohibited hereby once such secret or confidential information comes into the public domain through no action of the Participant. If any restriction imposed by this Section is more restrictive than permitted by law, the scope of the restriction is to be limited to the extent permitted by law, but is not to be deemed unenforceable or void.
SECTION 11 — Company’s Obligations Unfunded and Unsecured
     Except as otherwise required by applicable law, the Company’s obligations under this Plan are not required to be funded or secured in any manner; no assets need be placed in trust or in escrow or otherwise physically or legally segregated for the benefit of any Participant; and the eventual payment of the benefits described in this Plan to a Participant or the Participant’s spouse or Beneficiary is not required to be secured to the Participant or them by the issuance of any negotiable instrument or other evidence of the Company’s indebtedness. Neither a Participant nor the Participant’s spouse or Beneficiary, or any other person who could or might possibly receive benefit payments that were due to the Participant or the Participant’s spouse or Beneficiary, is entitled to any property interest, legal or equitable, in any specific asset of the Company, and, to the extent that any person acquires any right to receive payments under the provisions of this Plan, that right is intended to be no greater than or to have any preference or priority over the rights of any other unsecured general creditor of the Company. However, the Company reserves the right, in its sole discretion, to accumulate assets to offset its eventual liabilities under this Plan and physically or legally to segregate assets for the benefit of any Participant or Participant’s spouse or Beneficiary (whether by escrow, by trust, by the purchase of an annuity contract or by any other method of funding selected by the Company) without liability for any adverse tax consequences resulting to that Participant or that Participant’s spouse or Beneficiary from the Company’s action. Any such segregation of assets may be made with respect to the Company’s obligations under this Plan for benefits attributable to an individual Participant, a selected group of Participants or all Participants, as the Company may determine from time to time, in its absolute discretion. Benefits under this Plan shall be payable by the Company from the Company’s general assets and no

 


 

other company shall have any responsibility or liability under this Plan. The Company’s liabilities under this Plan shall, however, be discharged to the extent of any payment received by the Participant (or the Participant’s surviving spouse or Beneficiary) from any other company made for that purpose and on the Company’s behalf or for its benefit.
SECTION 12 — Alienation or Encumbrance
     No payments, benefits or rights under this Plan shall be subject in any manner to anticipation, sale, transfer, assignment, mortgage, pledge, encumbrance, charge or alienation by a Participant, the Participant’s spouse or Beneficiary or any other person who could or might possibly receive benefit payments that were due to the Participant or the Participant’s spouse or Beneficiary, but were not paid. If the Company determines that any person entitled to payments under this Plan has become insolvent, bankrupt, or has attempted to anticipate, sell, transfer, assign, mortgage, pledge, encumber, charge or otherwise in any manner alienate any amount payable to that person under this Plan or that there is any danger of any levy, attachment, or other court process or encumbrance on the part of any creditor of that person, against any benefit or other amounts payable to that person, the Company may, in its sole discretion and to the extent permitted by law, at any time, withhold any or all such payments or benefits and apply the same for the benefit of that person, in such manner and in such proportion as the Company may deem proper.
SECTION 13 — Administration of Plan
     (a) This Plan shall be interpreted, administered, and operated by the Pension Committee, which shall have complete authority, in its sole and absolute discretion, to determine who is eligible for benefits hereunder, to interpret this Plan, to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to it, and to make all other determinations necessary or advisable for the administration of this Plan. The Pension Committee’s interpretations of this Plan and actions in respect of this Plan shall be binding and conclusive on all persons for all purposes. It is intended that this Plan comply with Section 409A of the Code and any regulations or guidance issued thereunder and shall be interpreted accordingly. Notwithstanding the amendment provisions of Section 17, this Plan may be amended by the Board of Directors of the Company at any time, retroactively, if found necessary, in the opinion of the Board of Directors, to conform this Plan to the provisions and requirements of Section 409A of the Code. No such amendment shall be considered prejudicial to any interest of a Participant, the Participant’s spouse, or Beneficiary hereunder. Any provision of this Plan not in conformance with Code Section 409A shall be void.
     (b) Neither the Pension Committee nor any person acting on its behalf shall be liable to any person for any action taken or omitted in connection with the interpretation and administration of this Plan unless attributable to gross negligence or willful misconduct. In addition to such other rights of indemnification as they may have as directors, officers or employees of the Company, each member of the Pension Committee shall be indemnified by the Company against the reasonable expenses, including attorneys’ fees, actually and necessarily incurred in connection with the defense of any action, suit or proceeding, or in connection with any appeal therein, to which he or she may be a party by reason of any action taken or omitted under or in connection with this Plan, and against all amounts paid in settlement thereof, provided such settlement is approved by independent legal counsel selected by the Company, or paid by him or her in satisfaction of a judgment in any such action, suit or proceeding, except in relation to matters as to which it shall be adjudged in such action, suit or proceeding that such member is liable for gross negligence or willful misconduct in his or her duties; provided that within 60 days after the institution of such action, suit or proceeding the member shall in writing offer the Company the opportunity, at its own expense, to handle and defend the same.
     (c) If a Participant is also a member of the Pension Committee, the Participant may not vote or act upon matters relating specifically to his or her participation in this Plan.
SECTION 14 — No Guarantee of Employment
     This Plan shall not be construed as conferring any legal rights upon any Participant for continuation of employment, nor shall it interfere with the rights of the Company to discharge a Participant and to treat him or her without regard to the effect which such treatment might have upon him or her under this Plan.

 


 

SECTION 15 — Choice of Law
     This Plan, and the respective rights and duties of the parties hereunder, shall in all respects be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Maryland, except to the extent that those laws shall have been preempted by the laws of the United States.
SECTION 16 — Claims Procedure
     Any claim by a Participant, a Participant’s spouse or Beneficiary that benefits under this Plan have not been paid in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Plan shall be made in writing and delivered to the Pension Committee at the Company’s principal office in the State of Maryland. The Pension Committee shall notify the claimant if any additional information is needed to process the claim. All claims shall be approved or denied by the Pension Committee within 90 days of receipt of the claim by the Pension Committee. If the claim is denied, the Pension Committee shall furnish the claimant with a written notice containing:
     (a) an explanation of the reason for the denial,
     (b) a specific reference to the applicable provisions of this Plan,
     (c) a description of any additional material or information necessary for the claimant to pursue the claim, and
     (d) a statement of the claimant’s right to bring a civil action under Section 502(a) of ERISA.
     Within 90 days of receipt of the notice described above, the claimant shall, if he or she desires further review, file a written request for reconsideration with the Pension Committee. A request for reconsideration must include an explanation of the grounds for the request and the facts supporting the claim. So long as the claimant’s request for review is pending, including such 90-day period, the claimant or his or her duly authorized representative may review pertinent documents and may submit issues and comments in writing to the Pension Committee.
     A final and binding decision shall be made by the Pension Committee within 60 days of the filing of the request for reconsideration; provided, however, that the Pension Committee, in its discretion, may extend this period up to an additional 60 days.
     The decision by the Pension Committee shall be conveyed to the claimant in writing and shall include specific reasons for the decision, with specific references to the applicable provisions of this Plan on which the decision is based and a statement of the claimant’s right to bring a civil action under Section 502(a) of ERISA.
SECTION 17 — Amendments and Termination
     The Board of Directors of the Company reserves the right, in its sole and absolute discretion: (a) to amend this Plan, in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time, and (b) to terminate this Plan at any time; provided, however, that no such amendment or termination shall have the effect of accelerating or permitting the acceleration of any payment under this Plan, except to the extent that such acceleration would be permitted under Section 409A of the Code, and, except as otherwise provided in Section 5(b), no such amendment or termination shall reduce the Supplemental Pension or the Supplemental Spouse’s Death Benefit determined as of the date on which the amendment is adopted or this Plan is terminated, as the case may be.
Amendment and Restatement adopted October 16, 2008

 

Exhibit 10(xxi)
FIRST AMENDMENT TO
THE BLACK & DECKER SUPPLEMENTAL PENSION PLAN
(January 1, 2008 Restatement)
     Pursuant to the powers of amendment reserved under Section 17 of The Black & Decker Supplemental Pension Plan, as amended and restated effective January 1, 2008 (the “Plan”), Black & Decker (U.S.) Inc. (the “Sponsor”) hereby amends the Plan as follows, effective on the dates specified herein:
FIRST CHANGE
Effective for any payment made after May 31, 2009, Section 5 of the Plan is amended by the addition of the following as a new Section 5(c):
  (c)   Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 5(a), and except as provided in Section 5(b), the Pension Committee may, in its discretion, direct that the Actuarial Equivalent of the Participant’s Supplemental Pension (including the Actuarial Equivalent of the remaining installments of the Participant’s Supplemental Pension) be paid to the Participant in a single lump sum payment provided that (i) such payment is in connection with and results in the complete termination and liquidation of the entirety of the Participant’s interest under the Plan and any other plan required to be aggregated with the Plan under Treas. Reg. §1.409A-1(c)(2), and (ii) the amount of the payment is not greater than the applicable dollar amount under Code Section 402(g)(1)(B).
SECOND CHANGE
Effective for any payment made after May 31, 2009, Section 6 of the Plan is amended by the addition of the following as a new Section 6(d):
  (d)   Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 6, and except as provided in Section 6(c), the Pension Committee may, in its discretion, direct that the Actuarial Equivalent of any death benefit (including the Actuarial Equivalent of the remaining installments of any death benefit) be paid to the Participant’s surviving spouse or Beneficiary (as applicable) in a single lump sum payment provided that (i) such payment is in connection with and results in the complete termination and liquidation of the entirety of the spouse’s or Beneficiary’s interest under the Plan and any other plan required to be aggregated with the Plan under Treas. Reg. §1.409A-1(c)(2), and (ii) the amount of the payment is not greater than the applicable dollar amount under Code Section 402(g)(1)(B).
THIRD CHANGE
     Effective as of January 1, 2008, the references to Section 5(d) in Section 6(a) and in Section 6(b) of the Plan are changed to Section 5(b) and Section 6(c) respectively; and the reference to Section 5(d) in Section 6(c) of the Plan is changed to Section 6(c).
     The Plan, as amended by the foregoing change, is hereby ratified and confirmed in all respects.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Sponsor has caused this Amendment to be executed on this 29 th day of May 2009.

 


 

                 
WITNESS:       BLACK & DECKER (U.S.) INC.    
 
               
/s/ SIOBHAN E. MILLER
 
      By:   /s/ WILLIAM G. BRUNER, III
 
Vice President
   

 

Exhibit 10(xxii)
THE BLACK & DECKER
SUPPLEMENTAL EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT PLAN
Amended and Restated Effective as of
July 16, 2009
 

 


 

THE BLACK & DECKER
SUPPLEMENTAL EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT PLAN
TABLE OF CONTENTS
     
SECTION 1 — DEFINITIONS
  1
 
   
SECTION 2 — ELIGIBILITY
  7
 
   
SECTION 3 — RETIREMENT BENEFIT
  7
 
   
(a) benefit percentage
  7
(b) reduction for early determination
  8
(c) reduction for less than 10 years of service
  8
(d) benefit examples
  8
 
   
SECTION 4 — BENEFIT OFFSETS
  8
 
   
SECTION 5 — DEATH BENEFITS
  9
 
   
(a) eligibility for death benefit
  9
(b) spouse’s death benefit
  9
(c) death benefit under accelerated payment method
  9
 
   
SECTION 6 — VESTING
  10
 
   
(a) general
  10
(b) forfeiture for cause
  10
(c) clawback
  10
(d) competition and disclosure of confidential information
  10
(e) committee’s discretion
  11
 
   
SECTION 7 — ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS CONCERNING BENEFITS
  11
 
   
(a) obligation to inform
  11
(b) currency and exchange rates
  11
(c) election of accelerated payment method
  12
 
   
SECTION 8 — CORPORATION’S OBLIGATIONS ARE UNFUNDED AND UNSECURED
  12
 
   
SECTION 9 — ALIENATION OR ENCUMBRANCE
  13
 
   
SECTION 10 — OTHER BENEFITS
  14
 
   
SECTION 11 — NO GUARANTEE OF EMPLOYMENT
  14
 
   
SECTION 12 — COOPERATION OF PARTIES
  14
 
   
SECTION 13 — BENEFIT CLAIMS
  14
 
   
(a) claims procedure
  14
(b) arbitration
  15
(c) attorneys’ fees.
  16

 


 

     
SECTION 14 — INCAPACITY
  16
 
   
SECTION 15 — ADMINISTRATION
  16
 
   
(a) committee’s responsibilities
  16
(b) plan interpretation
  17
(c) committee’s liability and indemnification
  17
(d) self-dealing
  17
 
   
SECTION 16 — AMENDMENTS AND TERMINATION
  17
 
   
SECTION 17 — SEVERABILITY
  18
 
   
SECTION 18 — CONSTRUCTION
  18
 
   
SECTION 19 — CHOICE OF LAW
  18
 
   
SECTION 20 — PARTIES TO BE BOUND
  18
THE BLACK & DECKER
SUPPLEMENTAL EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT PLAN
     This Plan provides certain supplemental retirement benefits for selected executive employees of The Black & Decker Corporation and its subsidiaries and affiliates. This Plan is intended to provide supplemental retirement benefits primarily for a select group of management or highly paid executive employees. This document amends and fully restates The Black & Decker Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan effective as of July 16, 2009. The terms of this amended and restated document shall apply to Participants whose Separation from Service occurs on or after July 16, 2009. The benefits under this Plan with respect to any Participant whose Separation from Service occurred prior to July 16, 2009 shall be determined under the terms of this Plan in effect on the date of such Participant’s Separation from Service without regard to amendments made to this Plan thereafter.
SECTION 1 — Definitions
     Each of the following terms in this Plan has the meaning indicated, unless a different meaning is plainly implied by the context:
      “Accelerated Payment Method” means one of the methods of payment described in Section 7(c).
      “Actuarial Equivalent” means a benefit having the same actuarial value, based on the actuarial assumptions used in calculating benefits under The Black & Decker Pension Plan, and such other reasonable actuarial assumptions and methods that may be adopted by the Committee from time to time, in its sole discretion, for use in determining benefits under this Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event a Participant has elected the Accelerated Payment Method, the amount of the lump sum payment or installment payments (including the spouse’s benefit) shall be calculated (A) using (i) an interest rate equal to four and one-half percent (4.5%) and (ii) the 1994 Group Annuity Reserving Table (determined on a unisex basis and projected to 2002, all as described in IRS Revenue Ruling 2001-62 ); (B) assuming that (i) the Participant will earn no wages subject to the Social Security Act, (ii) the Participant will not further accrue any Other Retirement Benefits after his or her Benefit Determination Date, (iii) the Participant’s retirement benefits under the Social Security Act and all Other Retirement Benefits will begin at the earliest date they are available after the Participant’s Benefit Determination Date, and (iv) the

 


 

Participant, if married, will elect the form of payment for the Other Retirement Benefits that provides his or her spouse the largest benefit following the Participant’s death; and (C) using such other reasonable actuarial assumptions and methods that may be adopted by the Committee from time to time, in its sole discretion, for this purpose.
      “Benefit Determination Date” means the first day of the calendar month coincident with or next following the later of the Participant’s Termination Date or the Participant’s Early Retirement Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Participant’s Separation from Service occurs due to Disability prior to the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date, the Participant’s Benefit Determination Date shall mean the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date.
      “Black & Decker” means the Corporation and all of its direct and indirect subsidiaries and its affiliates.
“Board” means the Corporation’s Board of Directors.
      “Change in Control of the Corporation” means a change in control of a nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item 6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), whether or not the Corporation is in fact required to comply therewith, provided that, without limitation, such a change in control shall be deemed to have occurred if (A) any “person” (as that term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act), other than a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries or a corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Corporation in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Corporation, is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Corporation representing 35% or more of the combined voting power of the Corporation’s then outstanding securities; (B) during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of that period constitute the Board and any new director (other than a director designated by a person who has entered into an agreement with the Corporation to effect a transaction described in clauses (A) or (D) of this Section) whose election by the Board or nomination for election by the Corporation’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the Board; (C) the Corporation enters into an agreement, the consummation of which would result in the occurrence of a Change in Control of the Corporation; or (D) the stockholders of the Corporation approve a merger, share exchange or consolidation of the Corporation with any other corporation or entity, other than a merger, share exchange or consolidation that would result in the voting securities of the Corporation outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) at least 60% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the Corporation or the surviving entity outstanding immediately after the merger, share exchange or consolidation, or the stockholders of the Corporation approve a plan of complete liquidation of the Corporation or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Corporation of all or substantially all the Corporation’s assets.
      “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and any successor to that statute.
      “Committee” means the Compensation Committee of the Board.
      “Corporation” means The Black & Decker Corporation, a Maryland corporation.
      “Credited Service” means all Benefit Service Credit as defined in and credited to the Participant under The Black & Decker Pension Plan (or that would have been credited for any period of employment by Black & Decker, if the Participant had been eligible to participate in that plan), plus the Participant’s Salary Continuance Period. Except as credited under The Black & Decker Pension Plan or unless otherwise determined by the Committee in its sole discretion, Credited Service under this Plan shall not include any period of employment with any company during any period when that company was not a subsidiary or affiliate of the Corporation. Credited

 


 

Service also includes all periods of Disability beginning while the Participant is employed by Black & Decker and continuing as long as the Disability continues up until the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date.
      “Disability” means an illness or injury that would cause an Employee to be disabled under the terms of The Black & Decker Disability Plan.
      “Early Retirement Date” means the first day of the calendar month coincident with or next following the date upon which the Participant has both attained age 55 and five years of Credited Service; provided, however, that, in the case of a Protected Participant, the Early Retirement Date shall be the first day of the calendar month coincident with or next following the Protected Participant’s 55 th birthday regardless of his or her Credited Service.
      “Effective Date” means July 16, 2009, the effective date of this amended and restated Plan. This Plan was originally effective as of January 1, 1984.
      “Employee” means any person rendering personal services to Black & Decker as an employee.
      “ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.
      “Final Average Pay” means the average monthly amount of the Participant’s Pay for the three years (whether or not consecutive) in which the Participant’s Pay was the highest out of each of the seven-year periods that end on the following dates, whichever seven-year period produces the highest average monthly amount:
  (A)   the Participant’s Termination Date;
 
  (B)   if the Participant’s Termination Date is not December 31 st of any given year, the December 31 st immediately preceding the Participant’s Termination Date;
 
  (C)   the last day of the Participant’s Salary Continuance Period, if applicable;
 
  (D)   if the last day of the Participant’s Salary Continuance Period is not December 31 st of any given year, the December 31 st immediately preceding the last day of the Participant’s Salary Continuance Period, if applicable;
 
  (E)   in the case of a Protected Participant only, the date of the applicable Change in Control of the Corporation; and
 
  (F)   in the case of a Protected Participant only, if the date of the applicable Change in Control of the Corporation is not December 31 st of any given year, the December 31 st immediately preceding the date of the applicable Change in Control of the Corporation.
      “Normal Retirement Date” means the first day of the calendar month coincident with or next following: (A) the date upon which the Participant attains age 60 and 5 years of Credited Service or, (B) in the case of a Protected Participant, the Participant’s 60th birthday, regardless of his or her Credited Service.
      “Other Retirement Benefits” means the amount (actuarially adjusted, as described below) of all retirement, disability income and death benefits, or the like, whether tax-qualified or non-qualified, that the Participant (or, in the case of surviving spouse’s benefit under Section 5, the Participant’s surviving spouse) is entitled to receive in the applicable month under all plans or arrangements provided, maintained or funded by any of the Participant’s employers (whether or not affiliated with Black & Decker), including all Social Security Benefits, but excluding: (A) any portion of those benefits (other than Social Security Benefits) that is attributable to the Participant’s contributions, including salary or other compensation reduction contributions; (B) any death benefits under a life insurance contract; (C) any defined contribution plan, unless that plan is intended to provide the primary source of retirement income (in addition to Social Security Benefits) funded by any employer for the employees at any location covered by that plan; (D) any payments to the Participant made pursuant to an individual written

 


 

agreement with Black & Decker and as a result of a change in the ownership or effective control of the Corporation or a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Corporation’s assets, including, without limitation, a Change in Control of the Corporation; (E) any amounts paid under an individual written agreement with Black & Decker that expressly provides that those amounts are in addition to the benefits under this Plan; and (F) any amount that constitutes Pay. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the amount of the Participant’s or spouse’s Other Retirement Benefits in any month shall be increased or decreased so that the amount of those Other Retirement Benefits that offset the monthly benefit payable under this Plan is the Actuarial Equivalent of the Other Retirement Benefits that the Participant or spouse would otherwise have received that month but for the Participant’s or spouse’s election with respect to those Other Retirement Benefits either to (A) accelerate payment to a date that precedes or to defer the payment beyond the earliest date those payments would otherwise have been made, or (B) receive those Other Retirement Benefits in any form of payment other than the form of payment that would have provided the largest monthly benefit to the Participant or spouse, unless, and only to the extent that, the elected form of payment provides death benefits to the Participant’s spouse.
      “Participant” means any Employee who qualifies for participation in this Plan, as more particularly described in Section 2.
      “Pay” means (A) the actual compensation paid during the relevant period by Black & Decker to the Participant for services as an Employee, including base salary, bonuses, and annual incentive awards, (B) any amounts contributed to any employee benefit plan pursuant to a salary or other compensation reduction agreement with the Participant, and including, for the year of deferral, amounts deferred by the Participant under any non-qualified deferred compensation plan (such as The Black & Decker Supplemental Retirement Savings Plan), (C) salary continuation payments during sick leave and other authorized leaves of absence (other than long-term disability benefits) and (D) the Participant’s Salary Continuance Payments credited as Pay ratably over the Participant’s Salary Continuance Period. The term “Pay” does not include any (A) amounts paid pursuant to any long-range performance compensation plan, including The Black & Decker Performance Equity Plan, The Black & Decker Long-Term Incentive Plan, The Black & Decker 2008 Executive Long-Term Incentive/Retention Plan, and The Black & Decker Long-Term Management Compensation Plan, (B) non-cash remuneration, imputed income, perquisites and other cash or non-cash fringe benefits, such as (but not limited to) reimbursements or allowances for expenses (such as automobile, moving or relocation, country club, financial or tax counseling, tax preparation, overseas housing, educational and similar expense allowances), (C) stock bonuses, income attributable to discount stock purchases, stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units, dividends, dividend equivalents or stock appreciation rights, (D) other income attributable to the vesting of restricted property or benefits under any plan or arrangement, and (E) unless specifically included as Pay in the immediately preceding sentence, contributions to or benefits under any employee pension or welfare benefit plan or payments received by a Participant under any non-qualified deferred compensation plan (such as The Black & Decker Supplemental Retirement Savings Plan). For any period during which the Participant is entitled to Credited Service by reason of a Disability, the Participant’s Pay is deemed to continue during that Disability period at a monthly rate equal to 1/12th of (i) the Participant’s base salary (before any salary reduction for contributions to any employee benefit plan pursuant to a salary reduction agreement with the Participant) at the Participant’s annual salary rate in effect at the date that the Disability began, plus (ii) all items (other than base salary and such salary reduction contributions) included in the Participant’s actual Pay during the 12-month period ending on the date that the Disability began.
      “Payment Date” means the latest of the Participant’s Benefit Determination Date, the date that is six (6) months and one (1) day after the Participant’s Separation from Service or, if the Participant has elected to defer his or her Payment Date pursuant to Section 7(c), the Payment Date so elected by the Participant; except that (A) the death benefits payable to a Participant’s spouse shall be paid at the date specified in Section 5; and (B) in the case of a Participant whose Separation from Service occurs due to Disability prior to such Participant’s Normal Retirement Date, the Participant’s Payment Date shall be the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, if the Committee reasonably determines that the making of any payment to a Participant under this Plan will violate federal securities laws or other applicable law, the Committee may delay a Participant’s Payment Date until the earliest date at which the Committee determines that the making of that payment will not violate those laws.
      “Plan” means “The Black & Decker Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan,” as it may be amended from time to time. This document completely amends and restates The Black & Decker Supplemental Executive

 


 

Retirement Plan originally effective on January 1, 1984, and last amended and restated effective as of January 1, 2008.
      “Protected Participant” means a Participant who is an Employee when a Change in Control of the Corporation occurs.
      “Salary Continuance Payments” means (A) in the case of a Participant who is a participant in the Salary Continuance Plan, the maximum “Salary Continuance” payments, if any, that the Participant could be entitled to receive under the Salary Continuance Plan; (B) all payments, if any, that are in lieu of future compensation items that would otherwise constitute “Pay” under the terms of this Plan and that the Participant may be entitled to receive under the terms of any individual written agreement with Black & Decker, as a result of the termination of his or her employment with Black & Decker (whether by action of Black & Decker or the Participant); and (C) in the case of a Protected Participant, all payments, if any, that are in lieu of future compensation items that would otherwise constitute “Pay” under the terms of this Plan and that the Protected Participant may be entitled to receive under the terms of any individual agreement between the Participant and Black & Decker as a result of the termination of the Participant’s employment with Black & Decker (whether by action of Black & Decker or the Participant) coincident with or following a change in the ownership or effective control of the Corporation or a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Corporation’s assets. In all cases, a Participant’s entitlement to Salary Continuance Payments and the amount thereof shall be determined at the time specified in the Salary Continuance Plan or other applicable agreement, before any offset for severance pay, vacation pay, salary continuance, notice pay, a termination indemnity or the like or compensation received from a subsequent employer, without regard to whether those payments are made in one lump sum payment or periodically and without regard to the amount of severance or salary continuance that is actually paid to the Participant thereafter. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Salary Continuance Payments shall not include, for purposes of this Plan only, any compensation items used to calculate the amount of the Salary Continuance Payment under a Participant’s individual written agreement that would not otherwise constitute “Pay” under the terms of this Plan. For example, if the amount of the Salary Continuance Payments payable under the Participant’s individual agreement is based on the Participant’s annual base salary, annual incentive award, and long-term incentive award, the portion of the Salary Continuance Payment based on the Participant’s long-term incentive award shall be disregarded when calculating the amount of the Salary Continuance Payments under this Plan.
      “Salary Continuance Period” means (A) the maximum period with respect to which the Participant’s Salary Continuance Payments are to be measured under the terms of the Salary Continuance Plan or applicable individual written agreement, (B) three (3) years in the case of Salary Continuance Payments payable under that certain employment agreement between the Corporation and Nolan D. Archibald, as amended from time to time, or (C) three (3) years in the case of Salary Continuance Payments payable under the terms of any individual agreement between the Participant and Black & Decker as a result of the termination of the Participant’s employment with Black & Decker (whether by action of Black & Decker or the Participant) coincident with or following a change in the ownership or effective control of the Corporation or a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Corporation’s assets. In any case, the Salary Continuance Period is determined at the effective date of the Participant’s termination of employment with Black & Decker, without regard to the actual period over which those payments may be made and without regard to whether those payments are made in one lump sum payment or periodically. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, a Participant’s Salary Continuance Period will be taken into account under this Plan only if the Participant is entitled to Salary Continuance Payments at the effective date of the Participant’s termination of employment with Black & Decker.
      “Salary Continuance Plan” means The Black & Decker Executive Salary Continuance Plan, effective May 1, 1995, as amended from time to time, or any salary continuance plan that is a successor to, or replacement for, that plan.
      “Separation from Service” means a separation from service within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(i) of the Code and related guidance and regulations.
      “Social Security Benefit” means the retirement, disability income or death benefits under any plan or arrangement that is sponsored, mandated or administered by any government and that provides or would provide

 


 

retirement or disability income to the Participant and to which any of the Participant’s employers or former employers (whether or not affiliated with Black & Decker) has made contributions on the Participant’s behalf.
      “Termination Date” means the date on which the Participant’s Credited Service with Black & Decker terminates.
SECTION 2 — Eligibility
     Any management or highly paid executive employee may be selected for participation in this Plan by the Committee or any other committee of the Board designated by the Board for such purpose and will automatically become a Participant on the date designated by that committee. Any Employee who was still employed by Black & Decker and was a Participant in this Plan immediately prior to the Effective Date shall continue as a Participant under this Plan without further action by the Board or any such committee.
SECTION 3 — Retirement Benefit
     (a)  Benefit Percentage . Any Participant whose Termination Date occurs at or after the Participant’s Early Retirement Date or, in the case of a Protected Participant, whose Termination Date occurs at any time, whether before or after his or her Early Retirement Date, is entitled to receive under this Plan a monthly benefit for life beginning on the Participant’s Payment Date that is the Actuarial Equivalent of the monthly benefit that would begin on the first day of the calendar month after the Participant’s Benefit Determination Date and would continue for the Participant’s expected life. The amount of the monthly benefit (before the reductions in Sections 3(b) and 3(c)) is to be equal to:
  (A)   50% of Final Average Pay, in the case of a Participant (other than a Protected Participant) who has less than fifteen (15) years of Credited Service; or
 
  (B)   60% of Final Average Pay, in the case of a Participant (other than a Protected Participant) who has at least fifteen (15) years of Credited Service; or
 
  (C)   60% of Final Average Pay, in the case of a Protected Participant (regardless of Credited Service).
     (b)  Reduction for Early Determination . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the monthly benefit, as determined under Section 3(a), shall be reduced by one-twelfth (1/12th) of two (2) percentage points of Final Average Pay for each full calendar month by which the Participant’s Benefit Determination Date precedes the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date.
     (c)  Reduction for Less than 10 Years of Service . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Plan, if a Participant (other than a Protected Participant) has less than ten (10) years of Credited Service at the Participant’s Benefit Determination Date, the monthly benefit determined under Section 3(a), as reduced by any reduction required under Section 3(b) and before any offsets under Section 4, is to be multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which equals the Participant’s years of Credited Service (including fractional years) and the denominator of which equals ten (10) years. This Section 3(c) shall not apply in the case of a Protected Participant.
     (d)  Benefit Examples . Examples of the monthly benefit (stated as a percentage of Final Average Pay), as determined under this Section 3, are set forth in Schedule I attached to this Plan.
SECTION 4 — Benefit Offsets
     Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the amount of the Participant’s benefit each month, as determined under Section 3 as reduced by any reduction required under Sections 3(b) and 3(c) or the amount of the Participant’s surviving spouse’s monthly benefit under Section 5 is to be further reduced by the Other Retirement Benefits payable to the Participant or spouse during that month. In the event that the Other Retirement Benefits for any month exceed the monthly benefit payment for that month under this Plan, such excess shall be carried over and

 


 

added to the Other Retirement Benefits for subsequent months, until such excess is exhausted. The offsets to the Participant’s or spouse’s benefits under this Section 4 are not to be increased to reflect any increase in Other Retirement Benefits attributable to increases in the cost-of-living after the Other Retirement Benefits commence and no benefit is payable to the Participant or spouse in any month when those Other Retirement Benefits (including carry-overs from prior months) exceed the monthly benefit amount determined under Section 3, as reduced under Sections 3(b) and 3(c), or in the spouse’s case, the benefit determined under Section 5. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, if the Participant returns to Credited Service after his or her Payment Date, then the Participant’s benefits under this Plan shall be recomputed at the Participant’s subsequent Separation from Service and shall be reduced by the Actuarial Equivalent of any benefits previously paid under this Plan to the Participant and/or his or her spouse and shall again become payable in accordance with Section 3. The Committee will decide, in its sole discretion, the manner in which these offsets are to be applied.
SECTION 5 — Death Benefits
     No benefits under this Plan are payable after the Participant’s death except as otherwise provided in this Section 5.
     (a)  Eligibility for Death Benefit . In the case of a Participant (other than a Protected Participant) who dies before attaining the Early Retirement Date, no benefits under this Plan are payable after the Participant’s death. In the case of a Participant (other than a Protected Participant) who dies after attaining the Early Retirement Date, except as otherwise provided in Section 5(c), the Participant’s surviving spouse, if any, is entitled to receive the spouse’s death benefit described in Section 5(b). In the case of any Protected Participant who dies at any time, except as otherwise provided in Section 5(c), the Protected Participant’s surviving spouse, if any, is entitled to receive the spouse’s death benefit described in Section 5(b). The Participant’s spouse who is entitled to receive the payment(s) under Section 5(b) shall be the person, if any, of the opposite sex to whom the Participant is legally married at the Participant’s death.
     (b)  Spouse’s Death Benefit. The spouse’s death benefit under this Section 5(b) shall be a monthly payment for the spouse’s life beginning on the first day of the calendar month coincident with or immediately following the date of the Participant’s death (or, in the case of a Protected Participant only, the date that would have been the Protected Participant’s 55 th birthday, if later than his or her date of death). The amount of the spouse’s monthly payment shall be equal to (i) one-half (50%) of the monthly benefit (determined under Section 3, but before the offsets under Section 4) that the Participant was receiving or would have been entitled to receive as of the date of the Participant’s death minus (ii) the offsets under Section 4.
     (c)  Death Benefit under Accelerated Payment Method. In the event a Participant had validly elected the Accelerated Payment Method and dies before his or her Separation from Service, the Participant’s spouse, if any, shall receive the Actuarial Equivalent of the spouse’s death benefit under Section 5(b), payable in five (5) annual installment payments, if the Participant died before reaching age 65, or in a lump sum payment, if the Participant died on or after his or her 65 th birthday, with the payment(s) beginning on the date the spouse’s death benefit would have commenced under Section 5(b). If the Participant dies before his or her Separation from Service and has no surviving spouse, then no benefit shall be payable to anyone under this Plan with respect to the Participant. If the Participant dies after his or her Separation from Service but before receiving the lump sum payment or all of the five (5) annual installment payments as elected under Section 7(c), then that lump sum payment or the remaining installment payments shall be paid to the Participant’s spouse or, if the Participant has no surviving spouse, to the Participant’s estate, at the time those payments would have been paid to the Participant. The Participant’s spouse who is entitled to receive the payment(s) under this Section 5(c) shall be the person, if any, of the opposite sex to whom the participant is legally married at the Participant’s death.

 


 

SECTION 6 — Vesting
     (a)  General . Except in the case of a Protected Participant, if the Participant’s Termination Date occurs before the Participant attains the Early Retirement Date, the Participant’s (and the surviving spouse’s) right to benefits under this Plan shall be completely forfeited. In the case of a Protected Participant or his or her surviving spouse, all of the Protected Participant’s right to benefits under this Plan (except the surviving spouse’s right to receive death benefits under Section 5) shall be completely forfeited if the Protected Participant dies before his or her Payment Date. Except in the case of a Protected Participant and his or her surviving spouse, if this Plan is terminated by the Corporation on or after the Participant attains the Early Retirement Date but before the Participant’s Benefit Determination Date, the Participant shall be entitled to receive the benefits under this Plan commencing at the Participant’s Payment Date in the amount the Participant would have received under this Plan based on the Participant’s Credited Service and Final Average Pay determined at this Plan’s termination date, and the Participant’s surviving spouse shall be entitled to receive the corresponding death benefit pursuant to Section 5. If this Plan is terminated or amended after a Change in Control of the Corporation, each Protected Participant who has not consented in writing to that termination or amendment shall be entitled to receive the benefits, commencing at his or her Payment Date, that is not less than the benefits the Protected Participant would have received if the termination or amendment of this Plan had not occurred and the Protected Participant’s surviving spouse shall be entitled to receive the corresponding death benefit pursuant to Section 5.
     (b)  Forfeiture for Cause . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, in the case of a Participant other than a Protected Participant, all of the Participant’s (and surviving spouse’s) rights and benefits under this Plan shall be forfeited:
     (i) if the Participant’s employment with Black & Decker is terminated by reason of fraud, misappropriation or intentional material damage to the property or business of Black & Decker; commission of a felony; or the continuance of a willful and repeated failure by the Participant to perform his or her duties after written notice to the Participant specifying such failure; or
     (ii) if, during the period of 24 months beginning on his or her Termination Date, the Participant, without the Corporation’s written consent, enters into competition with Black & Decker or uses or discloses confidential information.
     (c)  Clawback . If, during the period of 24 months beginning on his or her Termination Date, the Participant, without the Corporation’s written consent, enters into competition with Black & Decker or uses or discloses confidential information, the Participant shall immediately repay to the Corporation the full amount of any payments he or she received under this Plan.
     (d)  Competition and Disclosure of Confidential Information . For purposes of this Section 6, the Participant shall be deemed to be in competition with Black & Decker if the Participant, directly or indirectly, solicits as a customer any company that is or was a customer of Black & Decker during the Participant’s employment, or that is or was a potential customer of Black & Decker with which Black & Decker has made business contacts during the Participant’s employment; provided, however, that the Participant shall not be deemed to be in competition with Black & Decker by soliciting a company as a customer of any business that is not in direct or indirect competition with any of the types of businesses conducted by Black & Decker within any of the same territories as Black & Decker conducts such businesses. In addition, a Participant will be deemed to be in competition with Black & Decker if the Participant directly or indirectly becomes an owner, officer, director, operator, sole proprietor, partner, joint venturer, contractor or consultant, or participates in or is connected with the ownership, operation, management or control of any company in direct or indirect competition with any of the types of businesses conducted by Black & Decker within any of the same territories as Black & Decker conducts such businesses; provided, however, that the ownership for investment of less than 5 percent (5%) of the outstanding stock of any of the classes of stock issued by a publicly held company shall not be deemed competition with Black & Decker for purposes of this Section 6. The Participant shall be deemed to have disclosed “confidential information” if the Participant uses or fails to preserve as confidential, communicates, or discloses to any person, orally, in writing or by publication, any information, regardless of when, where or how acquired relating to or concerning the affairs of Black & Decker to the actual or potential detriment of Black & Decker; provided, however, that the foregoing obligations shall not apply to information that is or becomes public through no fault of the Participant.

 


 

     (e)  Committee’s Discretion . The Committee shall have the absolute right to determine in its sole discretion (i) whether or not a Participant’s employment was terminated as a result of an act described in Section 6(d), and (ii) whether or not a Participant has entered into competition with Black & Decker or has disclosed confidential information so as to cause a forfeiture of the Participant’s benefits hereunder, and the obligation of the Participant to repay any amounts previously received under this Plan in accordance with Section 6(b).
SECTION 7 — Additional Provisions Concerning Benefits
     (a)  Obligation to Inform . The payments under this Plan are conditioned on the agreement of the Participant and the Participant’s spouse (i) to inform the Committee of all retirement, disability, Social Security, death benefit and other benefit payments received or receivable by them that may reduce the Corporation’s obligations to pay benefits under this Plan and (ii) to provide all information about those payments that the Committee may reasonably request from time to time in order to administer this Plan.
     (b)  Currency and Exchange Rates . The benefit payments under this Plan will be calculated in U.S. dollars using the appropriate currency exchange rate selected by the Committee in its sole discretion at the Participant’s Payment Date. The benefits under this Plan will be paid to the Participant and the Participant’s spouse in any currency designated by the Participant on or before the Participant’s Payment Date (or, if the Participant dies before benefits commence, the currency designated by the spouse), based on the appropriate currency exchange rate (selected by the Committee in its sole discretion) in effect at the Participant’s Payment Date. Once benefit payments under this Plan have begun, the currency selected by the Participant (or the Participant’s spouse) and the applicable exchange rate may not be changed except to the extent that the Committee, in its sole discretion, may approve a change in order to prevent extreme financial hardship to the Participant or the Participant’s spouse.
     (c)  Election of Accelerated Payment Method. Any Participant who has validly elected the Accelerated Payment Method shall receive his or her benefits under this Plan under the Accelerated Payment Method described in paragraphs (i) and (ii) of this Section 7(c). A Participant shall have validly elected the Accelerated Payment Method if either (1) the Participant was eligible for and validly elected the Accelerated Payment Method on or before December 31, 2006, pursuant to the terms of this Plan as then in effect, or (2) the Participant was first designated under Section 2 as eligible to participate in this Plan effective as of July 16, 2009 or as of any subsequent designated date and elected the Accelerated Payment Method by making a written election signed by the Participant and received by the Plan Manager of The Black & Decker Pension Plan no later than the earlier of the Participant’s Separation from Service or the thirtieth (30 th ) calendar day immediately following the date the Participant first becomes eligible to participate in this Plan. Any Participant who made the Accelerated Payment Method election on or after February 9, 2006, and prior to December 31, 2006 could, as a part of that election, irrevocably elect to defer his or her Payment Date to any date that is at least six (6) months and one day after the Participant’s Separation from Service but not more than eighteen (18) months after his or her Separation from Service. Under all circumstances, any Accelerated Payment Method election is irrevocable and shall apply to any benefits that become payable to the Participant and his or her spouse under this Plan.
     (i) If the Participant’s Payment Date occurs before his or her 65 th birthday, the present value of the Participant’s benefits under this Plan (including the spouse’s benefit) shall be paid to him or her in five (5) equal annual installments that are the Actuarial Equivalent of the Participant’s benefits under this Plan as of the Benefit Determination Date (including any benefits for the Participant’s spouse and after being reduced by the Actuarial Equivalent of all applicable benefit reductions and offsets), which installments shall be payable on the Participant’s Payment Date and the next four successive anniversaries of the Participant’s Payment Date, with those installment payments being calculated taking into account interest from the Benefit Determination Date to the date of the last installment payment at the rate of four and one-half percent (4.5%).
     (ii) If the Participant’s Payment Date occurs on or after the Participant’s 65 th birthday, the present value of the Participant’s benefits under this Plan (including the spouse’s benefit) shall be paid to him or her at the Payment Date in a lump sum payment that is the Actuarial Equivalent of the Participant’s benefits under this Plan as of the Benefit Determination Date (including any benefits for the Participant’s spouse and after being reduced by the Actuarial Equivalent of all applicable benefit reductions and offsets).

 


 

SECTION 8 — Corporation’s Obligations are Unfunded and Unsecured
     Except as otherwise required by applicable law, the Corporation’s obligations under this Plan are not required to be funded or secured in any manner; no assets need be placed in trust or in escrow or otherwise physically or legally segregated for the benefit of any Participant; and the eventual payment of the benefits described in this Plan to a Participant or the Participant’s spouse or estate is not required to be secured to the Participant or his or her spouse by the issuance of any negotiable instrument or other evidence of the Corporation’s indebtedness. Neither a Participant nor the Participant’s spouse is entitled to any property interest, legal or equitable, in any specific asset of the Corporation, and, to the extent that any person acquires any right to receive payments under the provisions of this Plan, that right is intended to be no greater than or to have any preference or priority over the rights of any other unsecured general creditor of the Corporation. However, the Corporation reserves the right, in its sole discretion, to accumulate assets to offset its eventual liabilities under this Plan and physically or legally to segregate assets for the benefit of any Participant or Participant’s spouse (whether by escrow, by trust, by the purchase of an annuity contract or by any other method of funding selected by the Corporation) without liability for any adverse tax consequences resulting to that Participant or that Participant’s spouse from the Corporation’s action, except as otherwise provided in this Section with respect to a Protected Participant and his or her spouse. Any such segregation of assets may be made with respect to the Corporation’s obligations under this Plan for benefits attributable to an individual Participant, a selected group of Participants or all Participants, as the Corporation may determine from time to time, in its absolute discretion. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, in the case of a Protected Participant (or his or her spouse), if the Corporation or any of its affiliates or subsidiaries takes or has taken any action (without the written consent of the Protected Participant or, if the Protected Participant is deceased, his or her spouse) that causes the Protected Participant or the Protected Participant’s spouse to incur income or other taxes with respect to any benefit under this Plan before the date that benefit is payable to the Protected Participant (or his or her spouse), the Corporation shall, within 60 days after a demand therefor is made by the Protected Participant or his or her spouse, reimburse the Protected Participant (or his or her spouse) for the full amount of those income or other taxes as well as for the full amount of the income or other taxes the Protected Participant (or his or her spouse) will incur with respect to such reimbursement or any subsequent reimbursement hereunder. Benefits under this Plan shall be payable by the Corporation from the Corporation’s general assets and no other company shall have any responsibility or liability under this Plan. The Corporation’s liabilities under this Plan shall, however, be discharged to the extent of any payment received by the Participant (or the Participant’s surviving spouse) from any other company made for that purpose and on the Corporation’s behalf or for its benefit.
SECTION 9 — Alienation or Encumbrance
     No payments, benefits or rights under this Plan shall be subject in any manner to anticipation, sale, transfer, assignment, mortgage, pledge, encumbrance, charge or alienation by a Participant, the Participant’s spouse or any other person who could or might possibly receive benefit payments that were due to the Participant or the Participant’s spouse, but were not paid. If the Corporation determines that any person entitled to payments under this Plan has become insolvent, bankrupt, or has attempted to anticipate, sell, transfer, assign, mortgage, pledge, encumber, charge or otherwise in any manner alienate any amount payable to that person under this Plan or that there is any danger of any levy, attachment, or other court process or encumbrance on the part of any creditor of that person, against any benefit or other amounts payable to that person, the Corporation may, in its sole discretion and to the extent permitted by law, at any time, withhold any or all such payments or benefits and apply the same for the benefit of that person, in such manner and in such proportion as the Corporation may deem proper.
SECTION 10 — Other Benefits
     The provisions of this Plan relate only to the specific benefits described in this Plan and are not intended to affect any other benefits to which a Participant may be entitled as a retiree or former employee of Black & Decker. Except as provided below in this Section 10, nothing contained in this Plan shall in any manner modify, impair or affect the existing rights or interests of a Participant under any other benefit plan provided by Black & Decker, and the rights and interests of a Participant to any benefits or as a participant or beneficiary in or under any or all such plans shall continue in full force and effect unimpaired, subject nonetheless to the eligibility requirements and other terms of each such plan. This Section shall not be interpreted as modifying in any way the effect that the Participant’s termination of employment and retirement has upon the Participant’s rights under such other plans. The benefits provided under this Plan are not to be applied as an offset against any other retirement or deferred compensation benefits or payments that are otherwise to be provided by Black & Decker to the Participant or the

 


 

Participant’s beneficiaries; and those benefits or payments are to be calculated first, ignoring this Plan’s existence. In no event shall any benefits payable under this Plan be treated as salary or other compensation to a Participant for the purpose of computing benefits to which the Participant may be entitled under any other benefit plan of Black & Decker.
SECTION 11 — No Guarantee of Employment
     This Plan shall not be construed as conferring any legal rights upon any Participant for continuation of employment, nor shall it interfere with the rights of Black & Decker to discharge a Participant and to treat the Participant without regard to the effect which such treatment might have upon the Participant under this Plan.
SECTION 12 — Cooperation of Parties
     Each Participant (and surviving spouse) shall perform any and all reasonable acts and execute any and all reasonable documents and papers that are necessary or desirable for carrying out this Plan or any of its provisions.
SECTION 13 — Benefit Claims
     (a)  Claims Procedure . Any claim by a Participant, a Participant’s spouse or any person claiming on behalf of the Participant or the Participant’s spouse that benefits under this Plan have not been paid in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Plan shall be made in writing and delivered to the Committee at the Corporation’s principal office in the State of Maryland. The Committee shall notify the claimant if any additional information is needed to process the claim. All claims shall be approved or denied by the Committee within 90 days of receipt of the claim by the Committee. If the claim is denied, the Committee shall furnish the claimant with a written notice containing:
(i) an explanation of the reason for the denial;
(ii) a specific reference to the applicable provisions of this Plan;
(iii) a description of any additional material or information necessary for the claimant to pursue the claim;
(iv) an explanation of this Plan’s claim review procedure described in this Section 13; and
(v) a statement of the claimant’s right to arbitration under Section 13(b) following denial of his or her claim.
          Within 90 days of receipt of the notice described above, the claimant shall, if further review is desired, file a written request for reconsideration with the Committee. A request for reconsideration must include an explanation of the grounds for the request and the facts supporting the claim. So long as the claimant’s request for review is pending, including such 90-day period, the claimant or the claimant’s duly authorized representative may review pertinent documents and may submit issues and comments in writing to the Committee.
          A final decision shall be made by the Committee within 60 days of the filing of the request for reconsideration; provided, however, that the Committee, in its discretion, may extend this period up to an additional 60 days.
          The decision by the Committee shall be conveyed to the claimant in writing and shall include specific reasons for the decision, with specific references to the applicable provisions of this Plan on which the decision is based.
     (b)  Arbitration . Any dispute or controversy arising in connection with a benefit claim under this Plan, after the claims procedure in Section 13(a) has been exhausted, shall be settled exclusively and finally by arbitration to be

 


 

conducted in Towson, Maryland before a neutral arbitrator with expertise in employment law, including ERISA, in accordance only with the Employee Benefit Plan Claims Arbitration Rules then in effect of the American Arbitration Association. The scope of review of the arbitration conducted hereunder shall be limited to whether Black & Decker, the Board or the Committee was arbitrary and capricious in the exercise of its or their discretion pursuant to the terms of this Plan. The arbitrator appointed hereunder shall have no authority or power to grant any remedy or relief not otherwise contained in this Plan and may grant relief contained in this Plan only if the arbitrator determines that the interpretation or administration of this Plan was in fact arbitrary and capricious. The arbitrator appointed hereunder shall have no authority to add to, detract from, or modify any term or condition of this Plan. The arbitrator shall have no authority to grant any relief or remedy other than as called for by the terms of this Plan even if such relief or remedy is otherwise available at law or in equity but for the terms and conditions of this Plan. Judgment may be entered on the arbitrator’s award in a court of competent jurisdiction in the venue of the arbitration.
     (c)  Attorneys’ Fees . The Corporation shall pay to a Protected Participant or a Protected Participant’s surviving spouse all legal fees and expenses incurred by the Protected Participant or the Protected Participant’s surviving spouse in making a claim for benefits or otherwise in seeking to obtain or enforce any right or benefit provided by this Plan.
SECTION 14 — Incapacity
     If a Participant or the Participant’s spouse has become legally incompetent, then the legal guardian, or other legal representative of such Participant’s or spouse’s estate, shall be entitled to act for and represent such incompetent Participant or spouse in all matters and to the same extent as the Participant or spouse could have done but for such incompetency, including but not limited to the receipt of benefits under this Plan.
SECTION 15 — Administration
     (a)  Committee’s Responsibilities . This Plan shall be administered by the Committee, which shall be responsible for all matters affecting the administration of this Plan and, in addition to those responsibilities specified elsewhere in this Plan, shall have the following duties and responsibilities in connection with the administration of this Plan:
     (i) To prepare and enforce such rules, regulations and procedures as shall be proper for the efficient administration of this Plan, such rules, regulations and procedures to apply uniformly to all Participants;
     (ii) To determine all questions arising in the administration, interpretation and application of this Plan, including questions of the status and rights of Participants and any other persons hereunder;
     (iii) To decide any dispute arising hereunder;
     (iv) To correct defects, supply omissions, and reconcile inconsistencies to the extent necessary to effectuate this Plan;
     (v) To compute the amount of benefits that shall be payable to any Participant or spouse in accordance with the provisions of this Plan and to determine the person or persons to whom such benefits shall be paid;
     (vi) To select the currency conversion or exchange rates to be applied in determining a Participant’s or spouse’s benefits under this Plan, where foreign currencies are involved;
     (vii) To authorize all payments that shall be made pursuant to the provisions of this Plan;
     (viii) To make recommendations to the Corporation’s Board of Directors with respect to proposed amendments to this Plan;

 


 

     (ix) To file all reports with government agencies, employees, and other parties as may be required by law, whether such reports are initially the obligation of the Corporation or this Plan; and
     (x) To have all such other powers as may be necessary to discharge its duties hereunder.
     (b)  Plan Interpretation . The Committee shall have the authority to interpret this Plan in its sole and absolute discretion. The Committee’s interpretation of this Plan and actions in respect of this Plan shall be binding and conclusive on all persons for all purposes, subject only to review by an arbitrator in accordance with the provisions and standards set forth in Section 13(b). It is intended that this Plan comply with Section 409A of the Code and any regulations or guidance issued thereunder and shall be interpreted accordingly. Notwithstanding the amendment provisions of Section 16, this Plan may be amended by the Board at any time, retroactively if required, if found necessary, in the opinion of the Board, to conform this Plan to the provisions and requirements of Section 409A of the Code. No such amendment shall be considered prejudicial to any interest of a Participant or his or her spouse. Any provision of this Plan not in conformance with Section 409A of the Code shall be void.
     (c)  Committee’s Liability and Indemnification . Neither the Committee nor any person acting on its behalf shall be liable to any person for any action taken or omitted in connection with the interpretation and administration of this Plan unless attributable to gross negligence or willful misconduct. In addition to such other rights of indemnification they may have as directors, officers or employees of the Corporation, each member of the Committee shall be indemnified by the Corporation against the reasonable expenses, including attorneys’ fees, actually and necessarily incurred in connection with the defense of any action, suit or proceeding, or in connection with any appeal therein, to which such member may be a party by reason of any action taken or omitted under or in connection with this Plan, and against all amounts paid in settlement thereof, provided such settlement is approved by independent legal counsel selected by the Corporation, or paid by such member in satisfaction of a judgment in any such action, suit or proceeding, except in relation to matters as to which it shall be adjudged in such action, suit or proceeding that such member is liable for gross negligence or willful misconduct in such member’s duties; provided that within 60 days after the institution of such action, suit or proceeding the member shall in writing offer the Corporation the opportunity, at its own expense, to handle and defend the same.
     (d)  Self-Dealing . If a Participant is also a member of the Committee, the Participant may not vote or act upon matters relating specifically to such member’s participation in this Plan.
SECTION 16 — Amendments and Termination
     The Board reserves the right at any time and from time to time to the extent permissible under law, to amend or terminate this Plan, prospectively or retroactively, in whole or in part; provided, however, that no such amendment or termination shall (A) have the effect of accelerating or permitting the acceleration of any payment under this Plan, except to the extent that such acceleration would be permitted under Section 409A of the Code, or (B) without the Participant’s written agreement, reduce or impair (i) the benefits or rights of any Participant (or spouse) whose Benefit Determination Date occurred before the date the amendment is adopted or this Plan is terminated, (ii) the vested benefits and rights of any Participant who is then employed by Black & Decker or (iii) the right of any Protected Participant and/or his or her surviving spouse to receive benefits under this Plan determined as if that Plan termination or amendment had not occurred. Any amendment or termination shall be adopted by resolution of the Board.
SECTION 17 — Severability
     If any provision of this Plan shall be held void or unenforceable, the remaining provisions of this Plan shall remain in full force and effect; provided, however, that in interpreting this Plan, such void or unenforceable provision shall be replaced with an effective and legally permissible provision, the effect of which shall be identical to, or as close as reasonably possible to, the effect of the original provision.

 


 

SECTION 18 — Construction
     Any use of the singular shall include the plural, and vice versa, as may be appropriate. Titles, captions or paragraph headings contained in this Plan are for purposes of convenience and reference only, and shall not operate to define or modify the text to which they relate.
SECTION 19 — Choice of Law
     This Plan, and the respective rights and duties of the Corporation and all persons thereunder, shall in all respect be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of Maryland, except to the extent, if any, that those laws may have been pre-empted by federal law. This Plan is intended to be a “pension plan” within the meaning of Section 3(2)(A) of ERISA, which is exempt from Parts 2, 3 and 4 of ERISA by virtue of Sections 201(2), 301(a)(3) and 401(a)(1) thereof, respectively, and is not designed to meet the requirements of Section 401(a) of the Code.
SECTION 20 — Parties to be Bound
     The provisions of this Plan shall be binding upon, and shall inure to the benefit of the Corporation, its successors and assigns, and each Participant and the Participant’s spouse and estate.
Originally adopted January 30, 1984
Amendment and Restatement adopted February 18, 1993
Amendment and Restatement adopted July 20, 1995
Amendment and Restatement adopted February 14, 1996
Amendment and Restatement adopted October 15, 1998
Amendment and Restatement adopted February 11, 1999
Amendment and Restatement adopted April 27, 2004
Amendment and Restatement adopted October 14, 2005
Amendment and Restatement adopted February 9, 2006
Amendment and Restatement adopted October 16, 2008
Amendment and Restatement adopted July 16, 2009
THE BLACK & DECKER SUPPLEMENTAL EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT PLAN
SCHEDULE I — EXAMPLES OF MONTHLY BENEFIT AMOUNTS*
STATED AS A PERCENTAGE OF FINAL AVERAGE PAY
PARTICIPANTS (OTHER THAN PROTECTED PARTICIPANTS)
                         
    BENEFIT DETERMINATION DATE**
YEARS OF                       AGE 60
CREDITED                       OR
SERVICE   AGE 55   AGE 56   AGE 57   AGE 58   AGE 59   MORE
 
Less than 5
  0%   0%   0%   0%   0%   0%
5
  20%   21%   22%   23%   24%   25%
6
  24%   25.2%   26.4%   27.6%   28.8%   30%
7
  28%   29.4%   30.8%   32.2%   33.6%   35%
8
  32%   33.6%   35.2%   36.8%   38.4%   40%
9
  36%   37.8%   39.6%   41.4%   43.2%   45%
10
  40%   42%   44%   46%   48%   50%
11
  40%   42%   44%   46%   48%   50%
12
  40%   42%   44%   46%   48%   50%
13
  40%   42%   44%   46%   48%   50%
14
  40%   42%   44%   46%   48%   50%
15 or more
  50%   52%   54%   56%   58%   60%
 

 


 

PROTECTED PARTICIPANTS
                         
    BENEFIT DETERMINATION DATE**
YEARS OF                       AGE 60
CREDITED                       OR
SERVICE   AGE 55   AGE 56   AGE 57   AGE 58   AGE 59   MORE
 
1
  50%   52%   54%   56%   58%   60%
2
  50%   52%   54%   56%   58%   60%
3
  50%   52%   54%   56%   58%   60%
4
  50%   52%   54%   56%   58%   60%
5
  50%   52%   54%   56%   58%   60%
6
  50%   52%   54%   56%   58%   60%
7
  50%   52%   54%   56%   58%   60%
8
  50%   52%   54%   56%   58%   60%
9
  50%   52%   54%   56%   58%   60%
10
  50%   52%   54%   56%   58%   60%
11
  50%   52%   54%   56%   58%   60%
12
  50%   52%   54%   56%   58%   60%
13
  50%   52%   54%   56%   58%   60%
14
  50%   52%   54%   56%   58%   60%
15 or more
  50%   52%   54%   56%   58%   60%
 
 
*   Calculated before application of benefit offsets under Section 4, but after application of the early retirement reduction (for all Participants) and the reduction for less than 10 years of Credited Service (for Participants other than Protected Participants), in Sections 3(b) and 3(c), respectively.
 
**   The examples assume that the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date is age 60.

 

EXHIBIT 31(i)(a)
CERTIFICATIONS
I, John F. Lundgren, certify that:
1. I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of Stanley Black & Decker, Inc. and subsidiaries;
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
         
     
Date: May 13, 2010  /s/ John F. Lundgren    
  John F. Lundgren   
  President and Chief Executive Officer   

52

         
EXHIBIT 31(i)(b)
CERTIFICATIONS
I, Donald Allan Jr., certify that:
1. I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of Stanley Black & Decker, Inc. and subsidiaries;
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
         
     
Date: May 13, 2010  /s/ Donald Allan Jr.    
  Donald Allan Jr.   
  Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer   

53

         
EXHIBIT 32 (i)
STANLEY BLACK & DECKER, INC.
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
In connection with the quarterly report of Stanley Black & Decker, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-Q for the period ending April 3, 2010 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, John F. Lundgren, President and Chief Executive Officer, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. ss. 1350, as adopted pursuant to ss. 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
(1)   The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
 
(2)   The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
         
     
/s/ John F. Lundgren      
John F. Lundgren     
President and Chief Executive Officer
May 13, 2010 
   

54

         
EXHIBIT 32 (ii)
STANLEY BLACK & DECKER, INC.
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
In connection with the quarterly report of Stanley Black & Decker, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-Q for the period ending April 3, 2010 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Donald Allan Jr., Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. ss. 1350, as adopted pursuant to ss. 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
(1)   The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
 
(2)   The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
         
     
/s/ Donald Allan Jr.      
Donald Allan Jr.     
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
May 13, 2010 
   
 

55